Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

means of ending the war

Толкование Перевод

1 means of ending the war

средства прекращения войны

Politics english-russian dictionary > means of ending the war
2 war

1. n
война, боевые действия, военные действия; борьба

to abolish war — уничтожать войны; устранять возможность возникновения войны

to accelerate towards war — ускоренно двигаться к войне

to authorize war — санкционировать войну

to avoid war — избегать войны

to banish wars — искоренять войны

to be dead against war — быть категорически против войны

to be free from war — быть избавленным от войн

to be in the war — участвовать в войне

to be sucked into a war — быть втянутым в войну

to bear the brunt of war — выносить основную тяжесть войны

to bomb a country into the war — посредством бомбардировок спровоцировать вступление страны в войну

to bring a country into the war — втягивать страну в войну

to bring about a war — вызывать войну

to call for an early end to the war — призывать к скорейшему окончанию войны

to change the course of the war — изменять ход войны

to come to the verge of nuclear war — подходить к грани ядерной войны

to complete the war — завершать войну

to contribute to reducing the danger of war — содействовать уменьшению опасности войны

to declare war on / upon a country — объявлять войну какой-л. стране

to deescalate the war — ослаблять военную конфронтацию

to deter war — сдерживать развязывание войны

to direct a war — руководить военными действиями

to drag / to draw a country into a war — втягивать страну в войну

to eliminate the menace / threat of war — устранять угрозу войны

to end the war by diplomacy — прекращать войну с помощью дипломатии

to enter into the war — вступать в войну

to exclude war — исключать войну

to fan war — разжигать войну

to fight a war on behalf of the United Nations — вести войну от имени ООН

to fight other people's wars — воевать за других, участвовать в чужой войне

to flee the war — быть беженцем войны

to force a war on / upon smb — навязывать войну кому-л.

to go to war — вступать в войну, начинать войну, отправляться на войну, участвовать в войне

to head off a war — предотвращать войну

to impose a war on / upon smb — навязывать войну кому-л.

to incite a war — разжигать войну

to instigate a war — провоцировать военный конфликт / войну

to keep a country out of the war — удерживать страну от вступления в войну

to know the price of war — знать не понаслышке, что такое война

to legitimize the war — узаконивать войну

to levy a war on / upon smb — навязывать войну кому-л.

to make war — вести войну

to mark the end of the cold war — ознаменовать конец холодной войны

to menace war — угрожать / грозить войной

to open a war — начинать / развязывать войну

to opt out of war — предпочитать не ввязываться в войну

to plot a war — готовить войну

to preempt a war — наносить упреждающий удар

to proclaim war — объявлять войну

to promote the cause of war — способствовать делу войны

to prosecute a war — вести войну

to pursue war — продолжать войну

to push smb towards war — подталкивать / толкать кого-л. к войне

to put an end to the war — положить конец войне

to reject any arbitration / mediation in the war — отклонять любое посредничество в деле прекращения войны

to renew the war — возобновлять войну

to resolve a war — разрешать / урегулировать военный конфликт

to revise smb's attitude to war — пересматривать свое отношение к войне

to rise up a holy war against foreign invaders — подниматься на священную войну против иностранных захватчиков

to sanction the waging of war — санкционировать ведение войны

to scrap star wars — отказываться от "звездных войн"

to settle / to solve a war — разрешать / урегулировать военный конфликт

to slide to a civil war — сползать / скатываться к гражданской войне ( о стране)

to spread the flames of war over a country — распространять пламя войны на страну

to stave off the threat of war — отодвигать угрозу новой войны

to steer the country into a war — вовлекать страну в войну

to step up a war — усиливать войну

to stoke up a war — раздувать войну, подогревать военный конфликт

to sustain the war on several fronts — выдерживать войну на нескольких фронтах

to terminate the state of war — прекращать состояние войны

to thirst for war — жаждать войны

to translate a war of words into a real war — превращать словесную войну в настоящую

to unleash a war — начинать / развязывать войну

to wage war — вести войну, воевать

to widen the war — расширять военный конфликт

to win the war at the negotiating table — выигрывать войну за столом переговоров

to wind down the war — заканчивать войну

- limited nuclear war
- abolition of war
- accidental war
- Afghan war
- aftermath of the war
- aggressive war
- air war
- all-out war
- alternative to war
- annexionist war
- announcement of war
- art of war

- at the height of war
- at times of war
- atomic war
- atrocities of war
- bacteriological war
- bitter war
- bloody war
- border war
- breathing space in a war
- brunt of war
- brutal methods of war
- brutal war
- camps war
- causes of war

- central war
- cessation of the war
- civil war
- clandestine war
- class war
- Cod Wars
- cold war
- collapse of the cold war
- colonial war
- conduct of war
- contained war
- containment of the war
- controlled counterforce war
- conventional war
- cosmic war
- costly war
- counterinsurgency war
- country blighted by war
- country in the throes of a civil war
- country of war
- country's involvement in the war
- crack war
- crime war
- criminal war
- cruel war
- currency war
- danger of war
- de facto war
- declaration of war
- declared state of war
- defensive war
- desperate war
- destructive war
- deterring war
- devastating war
- devastation of the war
- dirty war
- divisive war
- dogs of war

- drawn-out war
- drug war
- dynastic wars
- economic war
- effects of war
- end of the war
- end to the war
- enduring war
- entry into war

- escalation in the war
- escalation of the war
- Europe has been through wars
- experience of war

- explicit war
- exterminatory war
- factional war
- feats of war
- fierce war
- final phase of the war
- First World War
- flare-up of the war
- fratricidal war
- from before the war
- full war
- full-fledged war
- full-scale war
- gang war
- general war
- global war
- gravity of the war
- Great Patriotic War
- Great War
- ground war
- guerrilla war
- Gulf War
- hidden war
- holy war
- horrors of war
- hot war
- hotbed of war

- ideological war

- implements of war

- in the eve of the war
- in the wake of the war
- in the war
- inadvertent war
- inconclusive war
- independence war
- initial indications of a war coming
- insurrectionary war
- intensified war
- intensive preparations for war
- interminable war
- internecine war
- jamming war
- just war
- land war
- large-scale war
- latent war
- level of war
- liberation war
- limited war
- local war
- lone war
- long war
- long-running war
- lost war
- major war
- massive war
- means of ending the war
- means of war
- menace of war
- missile and nuclear war
- missile war
- monetary and financial war
- murderous war
- national liberation war
- national war
- naval war
- newspaper war
- nightmares of war
- nonatomic war
- nonnuclear war
- nuclear war
- nuclear-missile war
- nuke war
- offensive war
- on the brink of war
- on the verge of war
- ongoing war
- open war
- outbreak of war
- outset of war
- part of the country ravaged by war
- people's liberation war
- people's war
- permanent war
- phony war
- pocket war
- poised for war
- policy of war

- positional war
- potential of war
- predatory war
- preparations for war
- prevention of war
- preventive war
- price war
- prisoner of war

- progressive war
- prolonged war
- propagander war
- prosecution of war
- prospect of war
- protracted war
- proxy war
- psychological war
- race war
- rejection of wars
- rekindling of the war
- relics of the cold war
- renunciation of wars
- restricted war
- revolutionary war
- ruinous war
- ruthless war
- sacred war
- savage war
- scars of war
- scourge of war
- Second World War
- secret war
- shooting war
- Six-day war
- sources of war
- spillover of the war
- star wars
- state of war

- strain of the war
- strategic war
- sustained war
- Tanker war
- tantamount to declaring war
- tariff war
- termination of war
- the country is effectively at war
- thermonuclear war
- thirst for war
- threat of war

- three-cornered war
- total war
- trade war
- tribal war
- undeclared war
- union recruitment war
- universal war
- unjust war
- unleashing of war
- unwinnable war
- vengeful war
- victim of war
- War between the States
- War in the Gulf
- War of American Independence
- war against illiteracy
- war against poverty
- war against the use of drugs
- war by proxy
- war drags on
- war escalated
- war has broken out
- war has devastated much of the country
- war has flared up again
- war is as good as over
- war is at a halt
- war is at an end
- war is effectively over
- war is entering a new phase
- war is going to carry on
- war is imminent
- war is looming
- war is petering out
- war is the last resort
- war is unacceptable
- war knew no bounds
- war of aggression
- war of attrition
- war of conquest
- war of diplomatic attrition
- war of extermination
- war of extinction
- war of genocide
- war of liberation
- war of nerves
- war of secession
- war of the cities
- war of words
- war on drugs
- war on terror
- war on two fronts
- war remains intense
- war spills over
- war to end all wars
- war to finish
- war to the end
- war to the knife
- war will leave no victors
- war without end
- war would be catastrophic
- wasting war
- white war
- wide war
- winnable war
- withdrawal from war
- World War I
- World War II
- world war
- world without wars 2. v
воевать

to war down smth — завоевывать / покорять что-л.

to war over smth — воевать по поводу / из-за чего-л.

Politics english-russian dictionary > war
3 средства прекращения войны

means of ending the war

Русско-английский политический словарь > средства прекращения войны
4 Ende

n; -s, -n

1. räumlich: end; am Ende des Zuges einsteigen get in at the back of the train; das vordere / hintere Ende the front (end) ( oder forward end) / the back, the rear (end); das obere / untere Ende the top (end) / bottom (end); das ( letzte) Ende der Wurst the last bit ( oder tail-end umg.) of the sausage; etw. am falschen oder verkehrten Ende anpacken fig. tackle s.th. the wrong way (a)round, put the cart before the horse; am Ende der Welt wohnen umg. live at the back of beyond ( oder way out in the sticks)

2. nur Sg.; eines Zeitraums: end, close; Ende Januar at the end of January; am oder zu / gegen Ende des Monats at / toward(s) the end of the month; noch vor Ende dieser Woche by the end of this week, before the week is out geh.; bis ans Ende aller Tage oder Zeiten until the end of time; Ende der Dreißigerjahre oder dreißiger Jahre in the late thirties, at the end of the thirties; sie ist Ende zwanzig she’s in her late twenties

3. (Schluss) end, close; eines Films etc.: ending; Auslaufen eines Vertrags: expiry; einer Frist: end, expiry; (Ergebnis) result, outcome; Ende! FUNK. over!; ohne Ende endless, unending; und damit Ende! and that’s that! ( oder it!); er findet kein Ende he can’t stop, he doesn’t know where ( oder when) to stop; bis zum bitteren Ende to the bitter end; letzten Endes after all, ultimately, in the end, at the end of the day, when all is said and done; die Arbeit geht ihrem Ende entgegen is nearing completion; ohne dass ein Ende abzusehen wäre oder ... und kein Ende in Sicht with no end in sight; das bedeutet das Ende von that’s ( oder that means, that spells) the end of; einer Sache ein Ende machen oder bereiten put a stop ( oder an end) to s.th.; seinem Leben ein Ende machen oder setzen die by one’s own hand geh., end it all umg.; alles hat einmal ein Ende all (good) things come to an end; das muss ein Ende haben oder nehmen it’s got to stop; es nimmt kein Ende it just goes on and on; ein schlimmes oder böses Ende nehmen come to a bad end; mit dir wird es noch ein schlimmes Ende nehmen you’ll come to a bad end; das dicke Ende kommt nach oder noch umg. the worst is yet to come, there’s worse to come, it gets worse; das Ende vom Lied war fig. the end of the story was, what happened in the end was, the upshot of it (all) was umg.; Ende gut, alles gut Sprichw. all’s well that ends well; lieber ein Ende mit Schrecken als ein Schrecken ohne Ende Sprichw. etwa better bite the bullet ( oder face the music), don’t prolong the agony

4. am Ende (schließlich) in the end, eventually; (auf die Dauer) in the long run, eventually; am Ende mussten wir hinlaufen we ended ( oder wound umg.) up having to walk (there)

5. am Ende (fertig, erledigt, kaputt) finished, done, on one’s last legs; ich bin am Ende (kann nicht mehr) I’m finished, I’ve had it umg., Brit. auch I’m all in umg.; der Wagen ist ( ziemlich) am Ende umg. the car’s (just about) had it, the car’s on its last legs; ich bin mit meiner Geduld / meinen Nerven am Ende I’ve been patient (for) long enough / I can’t stand the strain any longer; ich bin mit meinem Latein oder meiner Weisheit am Ende I’ve run out of ideas ( oder suggestions etc.); stärker: I’m at my wits’ end

6. am Ende (vielleicht, womöglich, etwa) maybe, could be, perhaps; am Ende stimmt das sogar! it could even be true!; meinst du das am Ende ernst? are you actually serious about this?, I’m beginning to think you mean it

7. zu Ende bringen oder führen finish, complete, see s.th. through; zu Ende gehen (enden) (come to an) end, finish; allmählich: draw to a close; (knapp werden) run short ( oder low); etw. zu Ende denken think s.th. out fully, think s.th. through; zu Ende lesen / schreiben etc. finish (reading / writing etc.); zu Ende sein Schule, Krieg, Wartezeit etc.: be over; Film, Spiel etc.: have finished; Geduld, Vorräte: be at an end, be exhausted, have run out; Vorräte: auch be finished

8. nur Sg.; lit. (Zweck) end, purpose; zu welchem Ende? to what end?

9. nur Sg.; lit. euph. (Tod) end; sein Ende nahen fühlen sense that one’s end is near ( oder that one has not long to live); es geht zu Ende mit ihm he’s going ( oder slipping) fast, it won’t be long now

10. umg. (kleines Stück) bit, piece, scrap; sie hatte ein Ende Schnur in der Tasche she had a ( oder an odd) piece of string in her pocket

11. nur Sg.; umg.: es ist noch ein ganzes oder ziemliches Ende it’s a long way (off) yet, there’s quite a distance still

12. Jägerspr., des Geweihs: point

13. NAUT. line, rope

* * *

das Ende

(Ablauf) expiration;

(Abschluss) termination; close; windup; ending; finish; end;

(Ergebnis) result; conclusion; outcome;

(Tod) quietus

* * *
Ẹn|de ['ɛndə]
nt -s, -n
end; (eines Jahrhunderts etc auch) close; (= Ausgang, Ergebnis) outcome, result; (= Ausgang eines Films, Romans etc) ending; (HUNT = Geweihende) point; (inf = Stückchen) (small) piece; (inf = Strecke) way, stretch; (NAUT = Tau) (rope's) end
Ende Mai/der Woche — at the end of May/the week

Ende der zwanziger Jahre or Zwanzigerjahre — in the late twenties

er ist Ende vierzig — he is in his late forties

das Ende der Welt — the end of the world

er wohnt am Ende der Welt (inf) — he lives at the back of beyond, he lives in the middle of nowhere

bis ans Ende der Welt — to the ends of the earth

das Ende vom Lied — the final outcome

das Ende der Fahnenstange (fig inf) — the end of the road

ein Ende mit Schrecken — a terrible or dreadful end

lieber ein Ende mit Schrecken als ein Schrecken ohne Ende (Prov) — it's best to get unpleasant things over and done with

Probleme ohne Ende — endless problems

letzten Endes — when all is said and done, after all

ein Ende machen — to put an end to sth

(bei or mit etw) kein Ende finden (inf) — to be unable to stop (sth or telling/doing etc sth)

damit muss es jetzt ein Ende haben — there has to be an end to this now, this must stop now

ein Ende nehmen — to come to an end

das nimmt or findet gar kein Ende (inf) — there's no sign of it stopping, there's no end to it

ein böses Ende nehmen — to come to a bad end

kein Ende ist abzusehen — there's no end in sight

da ist das Ende von weg! (N Ger inf) — it's incredible! (inf)

... und kein Ende —... with no end in sight,... without end

es war des Staunens/Jubels etc kein Ende (old, liter) — there was no end to the surprise/celebrations etc

es ist noch ein gutes or ganzes Ende (inf) — there's still quite a way to go (yet)

am Ende — at the end

(am) Ende des Monats — at the end of the month

am Ende sein (fig) — to be at the end of one's tether (Brit) or rope (US)

mit etw am Ende sein — to be at the end of sth, to have reached the end of sth; (Vorrat) to have run out of sth

ich bin mit meiner Weisheit am Ende — I'm at my wits' end

meine Geduld ist am Ende — my patience is at an end

ein Problem am richtigen/falschen or verkehrten Ende anfassen — to tackle a problem from the right/wrong end

Leiden ohne Ende — endless suffering, suffering without end

das ist eine Kette or Schraube ohne Ende (fig) — it's an endless spiral

zu Ende — finished, over, at an end

etw zu Ende bringen or führen — to finish (off) sth

ein Buch/einen Brief zu Ende lesen/schreiben — to finish (reading/writing) a book/letter

etw zu einem guten Ende bringen or führen — to bring sth to a satisfactory conclusion

zu Ende gehen — to come to an end; (Vorräte) to run out

zu dem Ende, dass... (obs) — to the end that... (form)

zu diesem Ende (obs) — to this end (form)

Ende gut, alles gut (Prov) — all's well that ends well (Prov)

alles hat einmal ein Ende (Prov) — everything must come to an end some time; (angenehme Dinge) all good things must come to an end (Prov)

See:

→ dick

* * *

das

1) (a stop, end or finish: the close of day; towards the close of the nineteenth century.) close

2) (the last or farthest part of the length of something: the house at the end of the road; both ends of the room; Put the tables end to end (= with the end of one touching the end of another); ( also adjective) We live in the end house.) end

3) (the finish or conclusion: the end of the week; The talks have come to an end; The affair is at an end; He is at the end of his strength; They fought bravely to the end; If she wins the prize we'll never hear the end of it (= she will often talk about it).) end

4) (the end, especially of a story, poem etc: Fairy stories have happy endings.) ending

* * *

En·de

<-s, -n>

[ˈɛndə]

nt

1. (räumlich) end

er setzte sich ganz ans \Ende des Tisches he sat down at the far end of the table

das äußerste \Ende the extreme end

von allen \Enden from all parts

am \Ende at the end

sie wohnt ganz am \Ende der Straße she lives at the far end of the road

sie ging am \Ende der Prozession she walked at the tail of the procession

das Telefon befindet sich am \Ende des Zuges the telephone is at the end [or rear] of the train

das obere/untere \Ende der Treppe the head/foot end of the stairs

am unteren/oberen \Ende des Tisches at the far end/the head of the table

am \Ende der Seite at the foot [or the bottom] of the page

etw zu \Ende lesen/schreiben to finish reading/writing sth

das spitze \Ende eines Bleistifts the tip of a pencil

2. kein pl (Zeitpunkt) end no pl

\Ende August/des Monats/2004 [at] the end of August/the month/2004

sie kommt gegen \Ende August she's coming towards the end of August

das \Ende des Jahrhunderts the end [or close] of the century

sie ist \Ende 1948 geboren she was born at the end of 1948

bis ans \Ende aller Tage [o Zeiten] until the end of time

\Ende zwanzig [o 20] sein to be in one's late twenties [or 20s]

am \Ende der zwanziger [o 20er] Jahre in the late twenties [or 20s

3. kein pl (Schluss, Abschluss) end no pl

„\Ende der Durchsage“ “end of the message”

es ist kein \Ende abzusehen there is no end in sight

damit muss es jetzt ein \Ende haben this must stop now

\Ende des Zitats end of the quotation

am \Ende (fam) finally, at [or in] the end

bis zum bitteren \Ende to the bitter end

ein böses [o kein gutes] [o ein unrühmliches] \Ende nehmen to come to a bad end

bei [o mit] etw dat kein \Ende finden (fam) to not stop doing sth

einer S. dat ein \Ende machen [o bereiten] to put an end to sth

das \Ende nahen fühlen to feel the end approaching

ein \Ende nehmen (fam) to come to an end

das nimmt gar kein \Ende there's no end to it

ohne \Ende without end, endless

Fehler ohne \Ende any number of mistakes

Qualen ohne \Ende suffering without end, endless suffering

sich akk ohne \Ende freuen to be terribly pleased, to be delighted

das \Ende eines Projekts the conclusion of a project

etw zu \Ende bringen [o führen] to complete sth

dem \Ende zu gehen to draw to a close

etw geht zu \Ende sth is nearly finished

alles geht mal zu [o hat mal ein] \Ende nothing lasts forever, all things must come to an end; (Angenehmes) all good things must come to an end [some time]

etw zu einem guten \Ende bringen [o führen] to complete sth successfully

etw zu \Ende lesen to finish reading sth

zu \Ende sein to finish, to end; (vorbei sein) to be over

wo ist die Straße zu \Ende? where does the road end?

der Film ist bald zu \Ende the film finishes soon

unser Urlaub ist leider zu \Ende unfortunately, our holiday is over [or is finished]

wann ist die Schule/das Spiel zu \Ende? when is school/the game over?, when does school/the game finish?

das Spiel ist bald zu \Ende the game will end soon

die Stunde ist in 10 Minuten zu \Ende the lesson will end [or finish] in ten minutes

meine Geduld ist zu \Ende my patience has run out

4. FILM, LIT (Ausgang) ending

die Geschichte hat ein gutes \Ende the story has a happy ending

5. kein pl JUR termination no pl; (Ablauf) expiry no pl

bei \Ende des Vertrags [up]on termination of the contract

6. kein pl (geh: Tod) end no pl

er fand ein tragisches \Ende he met a tragic end form

sie fühlte ihr \Ende nahen she felt that her end was near

es geht mit ihr zu \Ende she is nearing her end form

seinem Leben ein \Ende setzen to put an end to one's life form, to commit suicide

7. (Stückchen)

ein \Ende Brot a crust of bread

8. kein pl (fam: Strecke) way no pl

von hier bis zum See ist es ein ganzes \Ende it's quite a way from here to the lake

wir haben noch ein schönes \Ende Weges vor uns we have a considerable way [or fam a pretty long way] to go yet

9. JAGD (Geweihende) point, tine spec

das Geweih dieses Hirsches hat zwölf \Enden this stag's antlers have twelve points

10.

▶ am \Ende [seiner Kräfte] sein (fam) to be at the end of one's tether fam

▶ mit etw dat am \Ende sein to run out of sth

er war bei dieser Frage mit seinem Wissen am \Ende this question baffled him

ich bin mit meiner Geduld/Weisheit am \Ende I've run out of patience/ideas

▶ das dicke \Ende (fam) the worst

▶ das \Ende der Fahnenstange (fam) as far as one can go, the limit

\Ende der Fahnenstange! that's the limit!

▶ etw akk am falschen \Ende anfassen to begin at the wrong end, to go about sth the wrong way

▶ \Ende gut, alles gut (prov) all's well that ends well prov

▶ letzten \Endes (zuletzt) in the end; (immerhin) after all, at the end of the day fig fam

▶ das \Ende vom Lied (fam) the upshot

▶ lieber ein \Ende mit Schrecken als ein Schrecken ohne \Ende (prov) it's better to end with a short, sharp shock than to prolong the agony

▶ am \Ende der Welt (fam) at the back of beyond fam, in the middle of nowhere fam

sie wohnt am \Ende der Welt she lives at the back of beyond fam

▶ das \Ende der Welt ist nahe! the end of the world is nigh! poet

▶ jdm bis ans \Ende der Welt folgen to follow sb to the ends of the earth

* * *

das; Endes, Enden

1) end

am Ende — at the end; (schließlich) in the end

am Ende der Welt — (scherzh.) at the back of beyond

am/bis/gegen Ende des Monats/der Woche — at/by/towards the end of the month/week

Ende April — at the end of April

bis Ende der Woche — by the end of the week

zu Ende sein — <patience, hostility, war> be at an end

die Schule/das Kino/das Spiel ist zu Ende — school is over/the film/game has finished

zu Ende gehen — < period of time> come to an end; <supplies, savings> run out; < contract> expire

etwas zu Ende führen od. bringen — finish something

ein Buch zu Ende lesen — read a book to the end

Ende gut, alles gut — all's well that ends well (prov.)

ein/kein Ende nehmen — come to an end/never come to an end

einer Sache/seinem Leben ein Ende machen od. setzen — (geh.) put an end to something/take one's life

am Ende sein — (ugs.) be at the end of one's tether

ich bin mit meiner Geduld am Ende — my patience is at an end

2) (ugs.): (kleines Stück) bit; piece

3) (ugs.): (Strecke)

ein ganzes Ende — a pretty long way

4) (Jägerspr.) point

* * *

Ende n; -s, -n

1. räumlich: end;

am Ende des Zuges einsteigen get in at the back of the train;

das vordere/hintere Ende the front (end) ( oder forward end)/the back, the rear (end);

das obere/untere Ende the top (end)/bottom (end);

das (letzte) Ende der Wurst the last bit ( oder tail-end umg) of the sausage;

etwas am falschen oder

verkehrten Ende anpacken fig tackle sth the wrong way (a)round, put the cart before the horse;

am Ende der Welt wohnen umg live at the back of beyond ( oder way out in the sticks)

2. nur sg; eines Zeitraums: end, close;

Ende Januar at the end of January;

am oder

zu/gegen Ende des Monats at/toward(s) the end of the month;

noch vor Ende dieser Woche by the end of this week, before the week is out geh;

bis ans Ende aller Tage oder

Zeiten until the end of time;

Ende der Dreißigerjahre oder

dreißiger Jahre in the late thirties, at the end of the thirties;

sie ist Ende zwanzig she’s in her late twenties

3. (Schluss) end, close; eines Films etc: ending; Auslaufen eines Vertrags: expiry; einer Frist: end, expiry; (Ergebnis) result, outcome;

Ende! RADIO over!;

ohne Ende endless, unending;

und damit Ende! and that’s that! ( oder it!);

er findet kein Ende he can’t stop, he doesn’t know where ( oder when) to stop;

bis zum bitteren Ende to the bitter end;

letzten Endes after all, ultimately, in the end, at the end of the day, when all is said and done;

die Arbeit

geht ihrem Ende entgegen is nearing completion;

ohne dass ein Ende abzusehen wäre oder

… und kein Ende in Sicht with no end in sight;

das bedeutet das Ende von that’s ( oder that means, that spells) the end of;

einer Sache ein Ende machen oder

bereiten put a stop ( oder an end) to sth;

seinem Leben ein Ende machen oder

setzen die by one’s own hand geh, end it all umg;

alles hat einmal ein Ende all (good) things come to an end;

das muss ein Ende haben oder

nehmen it’s got to stop;

es nimmt kein Ende it just goes on and on;

ein schlimmes oder

böses Ende nehmen come to a bad end;

mit dir wird es noch ein schlimmes Ende nehmen you’ll come to a bad end;

das dicke Ende kommt nach oder

noch umg the worst is yet to come, there’s worse to come, it gets worse;

das Ende vom Lied war fig the end of the story was, what happened in the end was, the upshot of it (all) was umg;

Ende gut, alles gut sprichw all’s well that ends well;

lieber ein Ende mit Schrecken als ein Schrecken ohne Ende sprichw etwa better bite the bullet ( oder face the music), don’t prolong the agony

4.

am Ende (schließlich) in the end, eventually; (auf die Dauer) in the long run, eventually;

am Ende mussten wir hinlaufen we ended ( oder wound umg) up having to walk (there)

5.

am Ende (fertig, erledigt, kaputt) finished, done, on one’s last legs;

ich bin am Ende (kann nicht mehr) I’m finished, I’ve had it umg, Br auch I’m all in umg;

der Wagen ist (ziemlich) am Ende umg the car’s (just about) had it, the car’s on its last legs;

ich bin mit meiner Geduld/meinen Nerven am Ende I’ve been patient( for) long enough/I can’t stand the strain any longer;

ich bin mit meinem Latein oder

meiner Weisheit am Ende I’ve run out of ideas ( oder suggestions etc); stärker: I’m at my wits’ end

6.

am Ende (vielleicht, womöglich, etwa) maybe, could be, perhaps;

am Ende stimmt das sogar! it could even be true!;

meinst du das am Ende ernst? are you actually serious about this?, I’m beginning to think you mean it

7.

zu Ende bringen oder

führen finish, complete, see sth through;

zu Ende gehen (enden) (come to an) end, finish; allmählich: draw to a close; (knapp werden) run short ( oder low);

etwas zu Ende denken think sth out fully, think sth through;

zu Ende lesen/schreiben etc finish (reading/writing etc);

zu Ende sein Schule, Krieg, Wartezeit etc: be over; Film, Spiel etc: have finished; Geduld, Vorräte: be at an end, be exhausted, have run out; Vorräte: auch be finished

8. nur sg; liter (Zweck) end, purpose;

zu welchem Ende? to what end?

9. nur sg; liter euph (Tod) end;

sein Ende nahen fühlen sense that one’s end is near ( oder that one has not long to live);

es geht zu Ende mit ihm he’s going ( oder slipping) fast, it won’t be long now

10. umg (kleines Stück) bit, piece, scrap;

sie hatte ein Ende Schnur in der Tasche she had a ( oder an odd) piece of string in her pocket

11. nur sg; umg:

es ist noch ein ganzes oder

ziemliches Ende it’s a long way (off) yet, there’s quite a distance still

12. JAGD, des Geweihs: point

13. SCHIFF line, rope

* * *

das; Endes, Enden

1) end

am Ende — at the end; (schließlich) in the end

am Ende der Welt — (scherzh.) at the back of beyond

am/bis/gegen Ende des Monats/der Woche — at/by/towards the end of the month/week

Ende April — at the end of April

bis Ende der Woche — by the end of the week

zu Ende sein — <patience, hostility, war> be at an end

die Schule/das Kino/das Spiel ist zu Ende — school is over/the film/game has finished

zu Ende gehen — < period of time> come to an end; <supplies, savings> run out; < contract> expire

etwas zu Ende führen od. bringen — finish something

ein Buch zu Ende lesen — read a book to the end

Ende gut, alles gut — all's well that ends well (prov.)

ein/kein Ende nehmen — come to an end/never come to an end

einer Sache/seinem Leben ein Ende machen od. setzen — (geh.) put an end to something/take one's life

am Ende sein — (ugs.) be at the end of one's tether

ich bin mit meiner Geduld am Ende — my patience is at an end

2) (ugs.): (kleines Stück) bit; piece

3) (ugs.): (Strecke)

ein ganzes Ende — a pretty long way

4) (Jägerspr.) point

* * *

-n n.

end n.

ending n.

expiration n.

finish n.

outcome n.

quietus n.

result n.

tail n.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Ende
5 end

1. noun
1) (farthest point) Ende, das; (of nose, hair, tail, branch, finger) Spitze, die

that was the end — (coll.) (no longer tolerable) da war Schluss (ugs.); (very bad) das war das Letzte (ugs.)

at an end — zu Ende

come to an end — enden ( see also 1. 7))

my patience has come to or is now at an end — meine Geduld ist jetzt am Ende

look at a building/a pencil end on — ein Gebäude von der Schmalseite/einen Bleistift von der Spitze her betrachten

from end to end — von einem Ende zum anderen

end to end — längs hintereinander

lay end to end — aneinander reihen

keep one's end up — (fig.) seinen Mann stehen

make [both] ends meet — (fig.) [mit seinem Geld] zurechtkommen

no end — (coll.) unendlich viel

there is no end to something — (coll.) etwas nimmt kein Ende

put an end to something — einer Sache (Dat.) ein Ende machen

2) (of box, packet, tube, etc.) Schmalseite, die; (top/bottom surface) Ober-/Unterseite, die

on end — (upright) hochkant

somebody's hair stands on end — (fig.) jemandem stehen die Haare zu Berge (ugs.)

3) (remnant) Rest, der; (of cigarette, candle) Stummel, der

4) (side) Seite, die

be on the receiving end of something — etwas abbekommen od. einstecken müssen

how are things at your end? — wie sieht es bei dir aus?

5) (half of sports pitch or court) Spielfeldhälfte, die

6) (of swimming pool)

deep/shallow end [of the pool] — tiefer/flacher Teil [des Schwimmbeckens]

7) (conclusion, lit. or fig.) Ende, das; (of lesson, speech, story, discussion, meeting, argument, play, film, book, sentence) Schluss, der; Ende, das

by the end of the week/meeting — als die Woche herum war/als die Versammlung zu Ende war

at the end of 1987/March — Ende 1987/März

that's the end of that — (fig.) damit ist die Sache erledigt

be at an end — zu Ende sein

bring a meeting etc. to an end — eine Versammlung usw. beenden

come to an end — ein Ende nehmen (see also 1. 1))

have come to the end of something — mit etwas fertig sein

in the end — schließlich

on end — ununterbrochen (see also academic.ru/4773/b">b)

8) (downfall, destruction) Ende, das; (death) Ende, das (geh. verhüll.)

meet one's end — den Tod finden (geh.)

somebody comes to a bad end — es nimmt ein böses od. schlimmes Ende mit jemandem

9) (purpose, object) Ziel, das; Zweck, der

be an end in itself — (the only purpose) das eigentliche Ziel sein

the end justifies the means — der Zweck heiligt die Mittel

with this end in view — mit diesem Ziel vor Augen

to this/what end — zu diesem/welchem Zweck
2. transitive verb
1) (bring to an end) beenden; kündigen [Abonnement]

end one's life/days — (spend last part of life) sein Leben/seine Tage beschließen

2) (put an end to, destroy) ein Ende setzen (+ Dat.)

end it [all] — (coll.): (kill oneself) [mit dem Leben] Schluss machen (ugs.)

3) (stand as supreme example of)

a feast/race etc. to end all feasts/races — etc. ein Fest/Rennen usw., das alles [bisher Dagewesene] in den Schatten stellt
3. intransitive verb
enden

where will it all end? — wo soll das noch hinführen?

the match ended in a draw — das Spiel ging unentschieden aus

Phrasal Verbs:

- end up

* * *
[end] 1. noun
1) (the last or farthest part of the length of something: the house at the end of the road; both ends of the room; Put the tables end to end (= with the end of one touching the end of another); ( also adjective) We live in the end house.) das Ende, End-...

2) (the finish or conclusion: the end of the week; The talks have come to an end; The affair is at an end; He is at the end of his strength; They fought bravely to the end; If she wins the prize we'll never hear the end of it (= she will often talk about it).) das Ende

3) (death: The soldiers met their end bravely.) der Tod

4) (an aim: What end have you in view?) das Ziel

5) (a small piece left over: cigarette ends.) der Rest, der Stummel
2. verb
(to bring or come to an end: The scheme ended in disaster; How does the play end?; How should I end (off) this letter?) (be)enden

- ending
- endless
- at a loose end
- end up
- in the end
- make both ends meet
- make ends meet
- no end of
- no end
- on end
- put an end to
- the end
* * *

end

[end]

I. n

1. (last, furthest point) Ende nt

at our/your \end ( fam) bei uns/euch

from \end to \end von einem Ende zum anderen

2. (final part, finish) Ende nt, Schluss m

\end of the exchange session STOCKEX Börsenschluss m

\end of the quarter Quartalsende nt

\end of the term Laufzeitende nt

on \end ununterbrochen

for hours on \end stundenlang

3. (limit) Ende nt

to be at the \end of one's patience mit seiner Geduld am Ende sein

no \end of trouble reichlich Ärger

4. (completion) Schluss m

there's an \end of it! Schluss jetzt!

her career is now at an \end ihre Karriere ist jetzt zu Ende

to come to an \end zu Ende gehen

to make an \end of sth mit etw dat Schluss machen

to put an \end to sth etw dat ein Ende setzen

to read a story to the \end eine Geschichte zu Ende lesen

at the \end of next week Ende nächster Woche

at the \end of six months nach Ablauf von sechs Monaten

without \end unaufhörlich

5. (exhaustion) Ende nt

to be at an \end fertig sein fam; ( fig) pleite sein fam

6. (surface bounding extremities) Ende nt; TECH Stirnseite f, Stirnfläche f

\end to \end der Länge nach

\end on:

the table faced him \end on er stand vor der kurzen Tischkante

place the table \end on against the wall stell den Tisch mit der schmalen Seite an die Wand

on \end hochkant

my hair stood on \end mir standen die Haare zu Berge

7. usu pl (aims) Ziel nt, Absicht f; (purpose) Zweck m

for commercial \ends zu kommerziellen Zwecken

to achieve one's \ends seine Ziele erreichen

to this \end zu diesem Zweck

8. ( fig: matter of concern) Teil m

I'm taking care of my \end of the plan and hope he's taking care of his ich kümmere mich um meinen Teil des Plans und hoffe, dass er sich um seinen kümmert

you take care of the business \end of things du kümmerst dich um das Geschäftliche

9. (result) Ergebnis nt

the \end of all that was that... das Ende vom Lied war, dass...

10. (death) Ende nt, Tod m

sudden/untimely \end plötzliches/vorzeitiges Ende

to meet one's \end den Tod finden geh

sb is nearing his/her \end mit jdm geht es zu Ende

11. (small leftover piece) Rest m, Ende nt; of a candle, cigarette Stummel m

12. (share in a business transaction) Anteil m, SCHWEIZ a. Betreffnis nt

13. SPORT (either half of a pitch) [Spielfeld]hälfte f; (player in American Football) den Seitenlinien am nächsten stehender Spieler

14. COMPUT (button on keyboard) ‚Ende‘

15. ( fam: the worst)

it's the \end das ist das Letzte fam

16. esp AM ( fam: the best)

it's the \end das ist das Größte fam

17.

▶ all \ends up völlig

▶ to become an \end in itself [zum] Selbstzweck werden

▶ to come to a bad [or BRIT sticky] \end ein schlimmes Ende nehmen

▶ at the \end of the day (when everything is considered) letzten Endes; (finally, eventually) schließlich, zum Schluss

▶ to go off the deep \end hochgehen fam

▶ to hold [or keep] one's \end up sich akk nicht unterkriegen lassen fam

▶ in the \end (when everything is considered) letzten Endes; (finally, eventually) schließlich, zum Schluss

▶ the \end justifies the means ( prov) der Zweck heiligt die Mittel prov

▶ to make [both] \ends meet mit seinem Geld zurechtkommen, über die Runden kommen fam

▶ no \end außerordentlich

that would please Granny no \end darüber würde Oma sich irrsinnig freuen fam

▶ to put an \end to oneself [or it all] Selbstmord begehen

▶ to reach the \end of the line [or road] am Ende sein

▶ \end of story Schluss, aus, fertig fam

he deserved to be punished, \end of story er hat die Strafe verdient und Schluss fam

▶ [and] that's the \end of the story [or matter] und jetzt Schluss damit!

▶ to be at the \end of one's tether [or AM rope] am Ende [seiner Kräfte] sein

▶ to throw sb in at the deep \end jdn ins kalte Wasser werfen fig

▶ it's not the \end of the world davon geht die Welt nicht unter

II. vt

1. (finish)

▪ to \end sth etw beenden [o zu Ende bringen

2. (make stop)

▪ to \end sth etw beenden, etw dat ein Ende setzen [o machen

3. (outdo)

a film to \end all films der beste Film aller Zeiten

4.

▶ to \end it all Selbstmord begehen

III. vi

1. (result in)

▪ to \end in sth in etw dat enden

to \end in divorce mit der Scheidung enden

to \end in a draw unentschieden ausgehen

2. (finish) enden

* * *
[end]
1. n

1) Ende nt; (of finger) Spitze f

at the end of the procession — am Schluss or Ende der Prozession

our house is the fourth from the end — unser Haus ist das viertletzte

to the ends of the earth — bis ans Ende der Welt

from end to end — von einem Ende zum anderen

who'll meet you at the other end? — wer holt dich ab, wenn du ankommst?

Lisa's on the other end (of the phone) — Lisa ist am Telefon

to stand on end (barrel, box etc) — hochkant stehen; (hair) zu Berge stehen

for hours on end —

the ships collided end on (Brit) — die Schiffe fuhren aufeinander auf

end to end — mit den Enden aneinander

to change ends (Sport) — die Seiten wechseln

to make (both) ends meet (fig) — zurechtkommen (inf), sich über Wasser halten

to see no further than the end of one's nose — nicht weiter sehen als seine Nase (reicht)

how are things at your end? — wie sieht es bei Ihnen aus?

we've got some problems at this end — wir haben hier or bei uns einige Probleme

to have one's end away ( Brit sl ) — kräftig durchziehen (sl)

See:

→ rope, tether

2) (= remnant of rope) Ende nt, Rest m; (of candle, cigarette) Stummel m

just a few odd ends left — nur noch ein paar Reste

3) (= conclusion) Ende nt

at the end — schließlich

the end of the month — das Monatsende

at/toward(s) the end of December — Ende/gegen Ende Dezember

at the end of (the) winter/the war — am Ende des Winters/des Krieges

at the end of the opera/the book — am Schluss der Oper/des Buches

at the end of three weeks — nach drei Wochen

they'll be paid at the end of the job — sie werden bezahlt, wenn sie mit der Arbeit fertig sind

at the end of the day (fig) — letzten Endes, schließlich und endlich

until or to the end of time — bis ans Ende aller Tage

is there no end to this? — hört das denn nie auf?

as far as I'm concerned, that's the end of the matter! — für mich ist die Sache erledigt

we shall never hear the end of it — das werden wir noch lange zu hören kriegen

to be at an end — zu Ende sein

to be at the end of one's patience/strength — mit seiner Geduld/seinen Kräften am Ende sein

to watch a film to the end —

to read a book to the end — ein Buch bis zu Ende lesen

that's the end of him — er ist erledigt or fertig (inf)

that's the end of that — das ist damit erledigt

to bring to an end — zu Ende bringen, beenden; relations ein Ende setzen (+dat), beenden

to come to an end — zu Ende gehen

to get to the end of the road/book — ans Ende der Straße/zum Schluss des Buches kommen

this is the end of the road for the government —

at the end of the road or line many businesses will go bankrupt — letzten Endes werden viele Firmen Pleite machen (inf)

in the end — schließlich, zum Schluss

to put an end to sth — einer Sache (dat) ein Ende setzen

to come to a bad end — ein böses Ende nehmen

to meet one's end — den Tod finden

he met a violent end —

were you with him at the end? — warst du zum Schluss or am Ende bei ihm?

4)

(inf phrases) we met no end of famous people (esp Brit) — wir trafen viele berühmte Leute

to think no end of sb (esp Brit) — große Stücke auf jdn halten

it pleased her no end (esp Brit) — das hat ihr maßlos or irrsinnig (inf)

you're the end (Brit) (= annoying) (= funny) — du bist der letzte Mensch (inf) du bist zum Schreien (inf)

5) (= purpose) Ziel nt, Zweck m

with this end in view — mit diesem Ziel vor Augen

to what end? (form) — zu welchem Zweck?

an end in itself — Selbstzweck no art

the end justifies the means (prov) — der Zweck heiligt die Mittel (prov)

2. adj attr
letzte(r, s)
the end house — das Endhaus, das letzte Haus

3. vt
beenden; speech, one's days also beschließen
the novel to end all novels — der größte Roman aller Zeiten

the deal to end all deals — das beste Geschäft aller Zeiten

4. vi
enden
we'll have to end soon — wir müssen bald Schluss machen

we ended with a song — zum Schluss sangen wir ein Lied

to be ending — zu Ende gehen

to end by doing sth — schließlich etw tun

where's it all going to end? — wo soll das nur hinführen?

to end in an "s" —

each leg ends in a claw — jedes Bein läuft in einer Klaue aus

an argument which ended in a fight — ein Streit, der mit einer Schlägerei endete

* * *

end [end]

A v/t

1. auch end off beenden, zu Ende bringen oder führen, einer Sache ein Ende machen:

end it all umg Schluss machen (sich umbringen)

2. töten, umbringen

3. a) auch end up etwas ab-, beschließen ( beide:

with mit)

b) den Rest seiner Tage zu-, verbringen, seine Tage beschließen

4. übertreffen:

the dictionary to end all dictionaries das beste Wörterbuch aller Zeiten;

he’s a husband to end all husbands er ist ein absoluter Mustergatte

B v/i

1. enden, aufhören, zu Ende kommen, schließen:

when the war ended bei Kriegsende;

all’s well that ends well Ende gut, alles gut;

where is all this going to end? wo soll das alles nur hinführen?

2. auch end up enden, ausgehen ( beide:

by, in, with damit, dass):

the story ends happily die Geschichte geht gut aus;

end in disaster ( oder a fiasco) mit einem Fiasko enden;

it ended with ( oder in) sb getting hurt schließlich führte es dazu, dass jemand verletzt wurde;

he will end by marrying her er wird sie schließlich heiraten

3. sterben

4. end up

a) enden, landen umg ( beide:

in prison im Gefängnis),

b) enden (as als):

he ended up as an actor er wurde schließlich Schauspieler

C s

1. (örtlich) Ende n:

at the end of the back straight SPORT eingangs der Zielkurve;

begin at the wrong end am falschen Ende anfangen;

from one end to another, from end to end von einem Ende zum anderen, vom Anfang bis zum Ende

2. Ende n, (entfernte) Gegend:

to the end of the world bis ans Ende der Welt;

the other end of the street das andere Ende der Straße

3. Ende n, Endchen n, Rest m, Stück(chen) n, Stummel m, Stumpf m

4. Ende n, Spitze f (eines Bleistifts etc)

5. SCHIFF (Kabel-, Tau) Ende n

6. auch TECH Stirnseite f, -fläche f, Ende n:

the two trains hit each other end on die beiden Züge stießen frontal zusammen;

put two tables end to end zwei Tische mit den Schmalseiten oder Enden aneinanderstellen

7. (zeitlich) Ende n, Schluss m:

“the end” (FILM etc) „Ende“;

in the end am Ende, schließlich;

at the end of May Ende Mai;

at the end of the season am Saisonende;

to the end of time bis in alle Ewigkeit;

without end unaufhörlich, endlos, immer und ewig;

there is no end in sight es ist kein Ende abzusehen;

there is no end to it es hat oder nimmt kein Ende

8. Tod m, Ende n, Untergang m:

be near one’s end dem Tod nahe sein;

you will be the end of me! du bringst mich noch ins Grab!

9. Resultat n, Ergebnis n, Folge f:

the end of the matter was that … die Folge (davon) war, dass …

10. meist pl Absicht f, (End)Zweck m, Ziel n:

end in itself Selbstzweck;

the end justifies ( oder sanctifies) the means der Zweck heiligt die Mittel;

to this end zu diesem Zweck;

gain one’s ends sein Ziel erreichen;

for one’s own end zum eigenen Nutzen;

private ends Privatinteressen;

to no end vergebensBesondere Redewendungen: no end of applause umg nicht enden wollender Beifall;

no end of trouble umg endlose Scherereien;

he is no end of a fool umg er ist ein Vollidiot;

we had no end of fun umg wir hatten einen Mordsspaß;

no end disappointed umg maßlos enttäuscht;

on end

a) ununterbrochen, hintereinander,

b) aufrecht stehend, hochkant for hours on end stundenlang;

place ( oder put) sth on (its) end etwas aufrecht oder hochkant stellen;

hy hair stood on end mir standen die Haare zu Berge;

end to end der Länge nach, hintereinander;

at our ( oder this) end umg hier bei uns;

at your end umg bei Ihnen, dort, in Ihrer Stadt;

how are things at your end? umg was tut sich bei Ihnen?;

be at an end

a) zu Ende sein, aus sein,

b) mit seinen Mitteln oder Kräften am Ende sein my patience is at an end meine Geduld ist zu Ende;

you are the (absolute) end umg

a) du bist (doch) das Letzte,

b) du bist (echt) zum Brüllen that’s the (absolute) end umg

a) das ist (doch) das Letzte,

b) das ist (einfach) sagenhaft iron. bring to an end eine Versammlung etc beenden;

come ( oder draw) to an end ein Ende nehmen oder finden, zu Ende gehen;

come to a bad end ein schlimmes oder böses Ende nehmen, bös enden;

you’ll come to a bad end mit dir wird es (noch einmal) ein schlimmes Ende nehmen;

get one’s end away Br vulg sl bumsen (Geschlechtsverkehr haben);

go off (at) the deep end umg hochgehen, wütend werden;

have an end ein Ende haben oder nehmen;

have sth at one’s finger’s end umg etwas aus dem Effeff beherrschen, etwas (Kenntnisse) parat haben;

keep one’s end up umg

a) seinen Mann stehen,

b) sich nicht unterkriegen lassen make (both) ends meet durchkommen, (finanziell) über die Runden kommen ( beide:

on mit);

make an end of ( oder put an end to) sth Schluss machen mit etwas, einer Sache ein Ende setzen;

put an end to o.s. seinem Leben ein Ende machen oder setzen; → loose A 3 b, sharp A 1

* * *
1. noun
1) (farthest point) Ende, das; (of nose, hair, tail, branch, finger) Spitze, die

that was the end — (coll.) (no longer tolerable) da war Schluss (ugs.); (very bad) das war das Letzte (ugs.)

at an end — zu Ende

come to an end — enden (see also 1. 7))

my patience has come to or is now at an end — meine Geduld ist jetzt am Ende

look at a building/a pencil end on — ein Gebäude von der Schmalseite/einen Bleistift von der Spitze her betrachten

from end to end — von einem Ende zum anderen

end to end — längs hintereinander

lay end to end — aneinander reihen

keep one's end up — (fig.) seinen Mann stehen

make [both] ends meet — (fig.) [mit seinem Geld] zurechtkommen

no end — (coll.) unendlich viel

there is no end to something — (coll.) etwas nimmt kein Ende

put an end to something — einer Sache (Dat.) ein Ende machen

2) (of box, packet, tube, etc.) Schmalseite, die; (top/bottom surface) Ober-/Unterseite, die

on end — (upright) hochkant

somebody's hair stands on end — (fig.) jemandem stehen die Haare zu Berge (ugs.)

3) (remnant) Rest, der; (of cigarette, candle) Stummel, der

4) (side) Seite, die

be on the receiving end of something — etwas abbekommen od. einstecken müssen

how are things at your end? — wie sieht es bei dir aus?

5) (half of sports pitch or court) Spielfeldhälfte, die

6) (of swimming pool)

deep/shallow end [of the pool] — tiefer/flacher Teil [des Schwimmbeckens]

7) (conclusion, lit. or fig.) Ende, das; (of lesson, speech, story, discussion, meeting, argument, play, film, book, sentence) Schluss, der; Ende, das

by the end of the week/meeting — als die Woche herum war/als die Versammlung zu Ende war

at the end of 1987/March — Ende 1987/März

that's the end of that — (fig.) damit ist die Sache erledigt

be at an end — zu Ende sein

bring a meeting etc. to an end — eine Versammlung usw. beenden

come to an end — ein Ende nehmen (see also 1. 1))

have come to the end of something — mit etwas fertig sein

in the end — schließlich

on end — ununterbrochen (see also b)

8) (downfall, destruction) Ende, das; (death) Ende, das (geh. verhüll.)

meet one's end — den Tod finden (geh.)

somebody comes to a bad end — es nimmt ein böses od. schlimmes Ende mit jemandem

9) (purpose, object) Ziel, das; Zweck, der

be an end in itself — (the only purpose) das eigentliche Ziel sein

the end justifies the means — der Zweck heiligt die Mittel

with this end in view — mit diesem Ziel vor Augen

to this/what end — zu diesem/welchem Zweck
2. transitive verb
1) (bring to an end) beenden; kündigen [Abonnement]

end one's life/days — (spend last part of life) sein Leben/seine Tage beschließen

2) (put an end to, destroy) ein Ende setzen (+ Dat.)

end it [all] — (coll.): (kill oneself) [mit dem Leben] Schluss machen (ugs.)

3) (stand as supreme example of)

a feast/race etc. to end all feasts/races — etc. ein Fest/Rennen usw., das alles [bisher Dagewesene] in den Schatten stellt
3. intransitive verb
enden

where will it all end? — wo soll das noch hinführen?

the match ended in a draw — das Spiel ging unentschieden aus

Phrasal Verbs:

- end up

* * *

(cigarette) n.

Zigarettenkippe f.

Zigarettenstummel m. n.

Ende -n n.

Schluss ¨-e m.

Ziel -e n.

Zweck -e m. v.

beenden v.

beendigen v.

enden v.

English-german dictionary > end
6 fin

I.

fin¹, fine¹ [fɛ̃, fin]

1. adjective

   a. ( = mince) thin ; [cheveux, sable, poudre, pointe, pinceau] fine ; [taille, doigt, jambe] slender

• petits pois très fins top-quality garden peas

• une petite pluie fine a fine drizzle

   b. ( = raffiné) [lingerie, porcelaine, silhouette, membres] delicate ; [traits, visage, or] fine ; [produits, aliments] top-quality ; [mets] exquisite

• faire un repas fin to have a gourmet meal

• vins fins fine wines

• la fine fleur de l'armée française the pride of the French army

• le fin du fin the ultimate (de in)

   c. ( = très sensible) [vue, ouïe] sharp ; [goût, odorat] discriminating

   d. ( = subtil) [personne] astute ; [esprit, observation] sharp ; [allusion, nuance] subtle

• il n'est pas très fin he's not very bright

• ce n'est pas très fin de sa part that's not very clever of him

• comme c'est fin ! very clever!

• tu as l'air fin ! you look a right idiot! (inf)

• jouer au plus fin avec qn to try to outsmart sb

   e. (avant le nom = habile) expert

• fin connaisseur connoisseur

• fin gourmet gourmet

• fin stratège expert strategist

   f. (avant le nom: intensif) au fin fond de la campagne right in the heart of the country

• savoir le fin mot de l'histoire to know the real story

   g. (Canadian = gentil, aimable) nice

2. adverb

[moudre, tailler] finely

• fin prêt all ready

3. compounds

► fines herbes fines herbes

► fin limier sleuth

II.

fin² [fɛ̃]

1. feminine noun

   a. end

• « Fin » [de film, roman] "The End"

• vers or sur la fin towards the end

• fin juin

• à la fin (de) juin at the end of June

• jusqu'à la fin to the very end

• la fin du monde the end of the world

• avoir des fins de mois difficiles to have difficulty making ends meet

• on n'en verra jamais la fin we'll never see the end of this

• à la fin il a réussi à se décider in the end he managed to make up his mind

• tu m'ennuies, à la fin ! (inf) you're beginning to get on my nerves!

• en fin d'après-midi in the late afternoon

• sans fin [discussion, guerre] endless ; [errer, tourner] endlessly

• un chômeur en fin de droits an unemployed person no longer entitled to benefit

• prendre fin [réunion] to come to an end ; [contrat] to expire (le on)

• toucher à or tirer à sa fin to be coming to an end

• mettre fin à to put an end to

► en fin de compte ( = tout bien considéré) at the end of the day ; ( = en conclusion) finally

   b. ( = mort) end

• il a eu une belle fin he had a fine end

   c. ( = but) aim

• ce n'est pas une fin en soi it's not an end in itself

• il est arrivé à ses fins he achieved his aim

• à cette fin to this end

• à toutes fins utiles for your information

2. compounds

► fin de semaine (Canadian) weekend

► fin de série end-of-line stock uncount

* * *

I
1.
fine fɛ̃, fin adjectif

1) [sable, pluie] fine; [fil, écriture, pinceau, pointe] fine; [tranche, couche, verre] thin

2) [petit pois, haricots verts] quality (épith)

très fins — top-quality (épith)

3) ( délicat) [cheville, taille] slender; [traits] fine; [bijou, dentelle] delicate, fine; [vins, aliments] fine; [plat] delicate

4) ( subtil) [personne] perceptive; [esprit] shrewd; [allusion, interprétation, humour] subtle; [goût] delicate, subtle

vraiment c'est fin! — iron that's really clever! iron

jouer au plus fin avec quelqu'un — to try to outsmart somebody

avoir l'air fin — (colloq) to look a fool

tu as l'air fin (colloq) avec ce chapeau! — you look a sight (colloq) in that hat!

5) ( sensible)

avoir l'ouïe fine — to have a keen sense of hearing

avoir le nez fin — to have a keen sense of smell

6) ( remarquable) excellent

la fine fleur des économistes — the top ou best economists

7) ( ultime)

au fin fond de — in the remotest part of [pays, région]; at the very bottom of [tiroir, armoire]

le fin mot de l'histoire — the truth of the matter

2.

adverbe

1) ( complètement)

être fin prêt — to be all set

fin soûl — (colloq) completely drunk

2) ( finement) [écrire, moudre] finely; [couper] thinly

3.

nom masculin

le fin du fin — the ultimate (de in)

Phrasal Verbs:

- fin limier

- fin renard

- fin e gueule

- fin e mouche

- fin es herbes

II fɛ̃
nom féminin

1) ( terme) end; (de réunion, période) close, end; ( façon dont se termine quelque chose) ending

à la fin des années 70 — in the late '70s

en fin de matinée — late in the morning

jusqu'à la fin — to the (very) end

toucher or tirer à sa fin — to be coming ou drawing to an end

prendre fin — to come to an end

avoir des fins de mois difficiles — to find it hard to make ends meet at the end of the month

c'est la fin de tout — it's the last straw

mener quelque chose à bonne fin — to bring something to a successful conclusion

sans fin — [discussions] endless; [discuter] endlessly

tu vas te taire à la fin! — (colloq) for God's sake, be quiet!

tu m'ennuies à la fin! — (colloq) you're really getting on my nerves!

chômeur en fin de droits — unemployed person no longer eligible for benefit

fin de siècle — pej decadent, fin-de-siècle

2) ( mort) end, death

3) ( but) end, aim, purpose

à toutes fins utiles — for whatever purpose it may serve

arriver à ses fins — to achieve one's aims

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- fin de semaine

- fin de série

* * *

I fɛ̃
1. nf

1) (= terme) end

Elle n'a pas regardé la fin du film. — She didn't watch the end of the film.

"Fin" — "The End"

à la fin — in the end, eventually

À la fin, il a réussi à se décider. — In the end he managed to make up his mind.

fin mai — at the end of May

Il sera en vacances fin juin. — He'll be on holiday at the end of June.

à la fin de la guerre — at the end of the war

en fin de journée — at the end of the day

en fin de semaine — at the end of the week

en fin de compte — when all's said and done

prendre fin — to come to an end

toucher à sa fin — to be drawing to a close

sans fin adj — endless, advendlessly

mettre fin à — to put an end to

mener à bonne fin — to bring to a successful conclusion

2) (= but)

à cette fin — to this end

2. fins nfpl

(= but) ends

à toutes fins utiles — for your information

II fin, -e
1. adj

1) (peu épais) (papier, couche, fil) thin, (cheveux, poudre, pointe, visage) fine, (taille) neat, slim

2) (de qualité supérieure) (vins) fine

la lingerie fine — luxury lingerie

du linge fin — fine linen

3) (= subtil) (remarques) (avant le nom) subtle

c'est fin! ironique — how clever!

4) (= sensible) (ouïe, odorat) keen

avoir l'ouïe fine — to have keen hearing

avoir l'oreille fine — to have sharp ears

5) (placé avant le nom: qui excelle dans une activité)

un fin connaisseur de qch — a connoisseur of sth

un fin gourmet — a gourmet

un fin tireur — a crack shot

6) (autres locutions)

le fin fond de — the very depths of

le fin mot de — the real story behind

la fine fleur de — the flower of

2. adv

1) (= finement) [moudre, couper] finely

2) (= tout à fait)

fin prêt — quite ready

fin soûl — quite drunk

3. nm

vouloir jouer au plus fin avec qn — to try to outsmart sb

* * *

I.

fin, fine

A adj

1 ( constitué d'éléments très petits) [sable, poudre, pluie] fine;

2 ( très mince) [gouttelette, fil, trait de crayon, écriture] fine; [tranche, plaque, couche, feuille, verre] thin;

3 ( effilé) [pinceau, aiguille, plume, pointe] fine;

4 Comm, Culin [petits pois, haricots verts] quality ( épith); très fins top-quality ( épith);

5 ( délicat) [cheville, poignet, cou, taille] slender; [traits] fine; il est très fin de visage he's got very fine features;

6 ( ouvragé) [orfèvrerie, broderie, bijou, dentelle] delicate, fine;

7 ( de grande qualité) [vins, aliments, lingerie] fine; [plat, mets, morceau] delicate;

8 ( subtil) [personne] perceptive; [esprit] shrewd; [allusion, interprétation] subtle; [plaisanterie, humour] subtle; [goût] delicate, subtle; vraiment c'est fin! iron that's really clever! iron; jouer au plus fin avec qn to try to outsmart sb; avoir l'air fin○ to look a fool; tu as l'air fin○ avec ce chapeau! you look a sight○ in that hat!;

9 ( sensible) avoir l'ouïe or l'oreille fine to have a keen sense of hearing; avoir l'odorat or le nez fin to have a keen sense of smell;

10 ( remarquable) (before n) excellent; c'est une fine cuisinière she's an excellent cook; fin gourmet gourmet; fin connaisseur connoisseur; fin tireur crack shot; la fine fleur des économistes/joueurs d'échecs the top ou best economists/chess players; ⇒ bouche;

11 ( ultime) (before n) au fin fond de in the remotest part of [pays, région]; at the very bottom of [tiroir, armoire]; ils habitent au fin fond du Massif central they live in the remotest part of the Massif Central; le fin mot de l'histoire the truth of the matter.

B adv

1 ( complètement) être fin prêt to be all set; fin soûl○ completely drunk, sloshed○;

2 ( finement) [écrire, moudre] finely; [couper] thinly.

C nm le fin du fin the ultimate (de in).

D fine nf ( boisson) brandy.

Composés

fin limier super-sleuth; fin renard sly customer○; fine gueule○ gourmet; fine lame expert swordsman; fine mouche = fin renard; fines herbes mixed herbs, fines herbes.

II.

fin nf

1 ( terme) end; (de séance, réunion, période) close, end; ( façon dont se termine quelque chose) ending; à la fin de at the end of; fin août/septembre at the end of August/September; en fin de journée/semaine/mois at the end of the day/week/month; à la fin des années 70 in the late '70s; en fin de matinée/d'après-midi late in the morning/afternoon; vers or sur la fin toward(s) the end; en fin de séance ( à la Bourse) at the close; jusqu'à la fin to the (very) end; jusqu'à la fin des temps until the end of time; toucher or tirer à sa fin to be coming ou drawing to an end; tout a une fin everything comes to an end; prendre fin to come to an end; mettre fin à to put an end to; mettre fin à ses jours to take one's own life, to put an end to one's life; ‘fin’ (dans un film, roman) ‘the end’; la fin du monde lit, fig the end of the world; c'est la fin de leurs espoirs it's the end of their hopes; avoir des fins de mois difficiles to find it hard to make ends meet at the end of the month; la quatrième en partant de la fin the fourth from the bottom ou end; la table des matières est à la fin du livre the table of contents is at the back of the book; payable fin janvier/courant/prochain payable at the end of January/of this month/of next month; c'est la fin de tout it's the last straw; mener qch à bonne fin to carry sth off, to bring sth to a successful conclusion; c'est un bon film mais je n'ai pas aimé la fin it's a good film but I didn't like the ending; sans fin [combats, discussions, guerre] endless, never-ending; [discuter, épiloguer, se disputer] endlessly; à la fin in the end; tu vas te taire à la fin○! for God's sake, be quiet!, be quiet already○ US!; tu m'ennuies à la fin○! you're really getting on my nerves!; chômeur en fin de droits unemployed person who is no longer entitled to unemployment benefit; fin de siècle pej decadent, fin-de-siècle;

2 ( mort) end, death; une fin tragique/prématurée a tragic/premature end ou death; il ne vous entend plus, c'est la fin he can no longer hear you, he's dying;

3 ( but) end, aim, purpose; à cette fin to this end; à toutes fins utiles for whatever purpose it may serve; arriver or parvenir à ses fins to achieve one's aims; à seule fin de for the sole purpose of; ce n'est pas une fin en soi it's not an end in itself.

Composés

fin de l'exercice end of the financial year; fin de semaine weekend; fin de série Comm oddment.

Idiomes

la fin justifie les moyens, qui veut la fin veut les moyens the end justifies the means.

I

( féminin fine) [fɛ̃, fin] adjectif

1. [mince - sable, pinceau] fine ; [ - cheveu, fil] fine, thin ; [ - écriture] fine, small ; [ - doigt, jambe, taille, main] slim, slender

[peu épais - papier, tranche] thin ; [ - collant, bas] sheer

pluie fine drizzle

haricots verts fins high quality green beans

2. [délicat - visage, traits] delicate

3. [aiguisé - pointe] sharp

4. [de qualité - aliments, produit] high-quality, top-quality ; [ - mets, repas] delicate, exquisite, refined ; [ - dentelle, lingerie] delicate, fine ; [ - or, pierre, vin] fine

5. [subtil - observation, description] subtle, clever ; [ - personne] perceptive, subtle ; [ - esprit] sharp, keen, shrewd ; [ - plaisanterie] witty

ce n'était pas très fin de ta part it wasn't very smart ou clever of you

c'est fin! (familier & ironique) very clever!

ne joue pas au plus fin avec moi don't try to outwit ou to outsmart me

c'est une fine mouche he's a sharp customer

6. [sensible - ouïe, vue] sharp, keen, acute ; [ - odorat] discriminating, sensitive

7. (avant le nom) [extrême]

dans le ou au fin fond du placard at the very back of the closet

au fin fond de la campagne in the depths of the countryside, in the middle of nowhere (péjoratif)

le fin mot de l'histoire c'est... the best of it is...

on ne connaîtra jamais le fin mot de l'histoire we'll never know what really happened ou the real story

8. (avant le nom) [excellent]

fin connaisseur (great) connoisseur

un fin tireur a crack shot

la fine équipe! what a team!

un fin gourmet a gourmet

fin adverbe

1. [finement - moulu] finely ; [ - taillé] sharply

c'est écrit trop fin it's written too small

hâché fin [herbes] finely chopped

2. [tout à fait]

être fin prêt to be ready

être fin saoul (soutenu) to be blind drunk

fine bouche nom féminin

1. [gourmet]

c'est une fine bouche he's a gourmet

2. (locution)

tu ne vas pas faire la fine bouche! don't be so choosy!

fine gueule nom féminin

(familier) gourmet

II

[fɛ̃] nom féminin

1. [terme - d'une période, d'un mandat] end ; [ - d'une journée, d'un match] end, close ; [ - d'une course] end, finish ; [ - d'un film, d'un roman] end, ending (substantif comptable)

jusqu'à la fin des temps ou des siècles until the end of time

par une fin d'après-midi de juin late on a June afternoon

fin mai/1997 (at the) end of May/1997

se battre/rester jusqu'à la fin to fight/to stay to the very end

mener quelque chose à bonne fin to pull ou to carry something off (successfully)

mettre fin à quelque chose to put an end to something

mettre fin à ses jours to put an end to one's life, to take one's own life

prendre fin to come to an end

tirer ou toucher à sa fin to come to an end, to draw to a close

fin de citation end of quotation

fin de semaine weekend

en fin de semaine at the end of the week

faire une fin to settle down, to get married

on n'en voit pas la fin there doesn't seem to be any end to it

ça y est, j'en vois la fin! at last, I can see the light at the end of the tunnel!

avoir ou connaître des fins de mois difficiles to find it hard to make ends meet (at the end of the month)

2. [disparition] end

la fin de la civilisation inca the end ou death of Inca civilization

ce n'est quand même pas la fin du monde! it's not the end of the world, is it!

c'est la fin de tout ou des haricots! (familier & humoristique) our goose is cooked!

3. [mort] death, end

avoir une fin tragique/lente to die a tragic/slow death

la fin approche the end is near

4. [objectif] end, purpose

à cette fin to this end, for this purpose, with that aim in mind

à seule fin de with the sole aim of, (simply) for the sake of, purely in order to

arriver ou parvenir à ses fins to achieve one's aim

à des fins personnelles for personal ou private use

à des fins politiques/religieuses to political/religious ends

fin en soi end in itself

la fin justifie les moyens (proverbe) , qui veut la fin veut les moyens (proverbe) the end justifies the means (proverbe)

5. DROIT

fin de non-recevoir demurrer

opposer une fin de non-recevoir à quelqu'un (figuré) to turn down somebody's request bluntly

6. COMMERCE

fin courant at the end of the current month

fins de série oddments

————————

à la fin locution adverbiale

1. [finalement] in the end, eventually

2. (familier) [ton irrité]

mais à la fin, où est-il? where on earth is it?

tu es énervant à la fin! you're beginning to get on my nerves!

————————

à la fin de locution prépositionnelle

at the end ou close of

à toutes fins utiles locution adverbiale

1. [pour information]

je vous signale à toutes fins utiles que... for your information, let me point out that...

2. [le cas échéant] just in case

dans la boîte à gants j'avais mis à toutes fins utiles une carte de France I had put a map of France in the glove compartment just in case

————————

en fin de locution prépositionnelle

en fin de soirée/match towards the end of the evening/match

être en fin de liste to be ou to come at the end of the list

être en fin de course [athlète, président] to be at the end of the road (figuré)

être en fin de droit to come to the end of one's entitlement (to an allowance)

en fin de compte locution adverbiale

in the end, when all is said and done

fin de race locution adjectivale

degenerate

fin de siècle locution adjectivale

decadent, fin de siècle

————————

sans fin locution adjectivale

1. [interminable] endless, interminable, never-ending

2. TECHNOLOGIE endless

————————

sans fin locution adverbiale

endlessly, interminably

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > fin
7 Historical Portugal

   Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.

   A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.

   Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140

   The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."

   In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.

   The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.

   Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385

   Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in

   Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.

   The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.

   Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580

   The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.

   The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.

   What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.

   By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.

   Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.

   The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.

   By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.

   In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.

   Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640

   Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.

   Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.

   On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.

   Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822

   Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.

   Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.

   In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the

   Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.

   Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.

   Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.

   Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910

   During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.

   Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.

   Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.

   Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.

   Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.

   As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.

   First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26

   Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.

   The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.

   Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.

   The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74

   During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."

   Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.

   For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),

   and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.

   The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.

   With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.

   During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.

   The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.

   At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.

   The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.

   Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76

   Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.

   Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.

   In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.

   In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.

   In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.

   The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until

   UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.

   Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000

   After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.

   From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.

   Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.

   Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.

   In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.

   In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.

   Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.

    Contemporary Portugal

   Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.

   The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.

   Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.

   Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).

   All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.

   The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.

   After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.

   Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.

   Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.

   From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.

   Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.

   In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.

   An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal
8 end

end 1. noun
1) (the last or farthest part of the length of something: the house at the end of the road; both ends of the room; Put the tables end to end (= with the end of one touching the end of another); ( also adjective) We live in the end house.) ende, slutt, avslutning, endestykke

2) (the finish or conclusion: the end of the week; The talks have come to an end; The affair is at an end; He is at the end of his strength; They fought bravely to the end; If she wins the prize we'll never hear the end of it (= she will often talk about it).) ende, avslutning, slutt

3) (death: The soldiers met their end bravely.) endelikt, død

4) (an aim: What end have you in view?) mål

5) (a small piece left over: cigarette ends.) ende, stump
2. verb
(to bring or come to an end: The scheme ended in disaster; How does the play end?; How should I end (off) this letter?) ende, (av)slutte, opphøre

- ending
- endless
- at a loose end
- end up
- in the end
- make both ends meet
- make ends meet
- no end of
- no end
- on end
- put an end to
- the end

ende
--------
mål
--------
slutt
--------
slutte

I
subst. \/end\/

1) ende, utgang, slutt, endelikt, død, avslutning, opphør, siste (i en rad e.l.), ende-

• the end of the street

• the end of January

• a tragic end

• the end carriage

endevognen \/ den siste vognen

2) ende, endestykke, stump, tamp

3) mål, hensikt, formål, øyemed

• with this end in view

med dette formål for øye

be at an end være slutt, være til ende, være forbi, være over, være fullført

• the war was at an end

krigen var slutt

be at an idle end være (arbeids)ledig, være ubeskjeftiget, være uvirksom

at loose ends eller at a loose end ( hverdagslig) uten noe å ta seg til

• she's at loose end without visitors

hun har ikke noe å ta seg til uten gjester

at somebody's end borte hos noen

• how is the weather at your end?

hvordan er været borte hos dere?

at the end på slutten, ved enden\/avslutningen

at the end of something i slutten av noe, etter noe

• at the end of the book

i slutten av boken

• at the end of two years

etter to år

• I am at the end of my patience

det er slutt på tålmodigheten min

at the end of the day ( overført) når alt kommer til alt, til sjuende og sist, til slutt

at the further end ytterst, på den ytterste enden

at the very end helt mot\/på slutten

bring to an end avslutte, få (en) slutt på

change ends ( sport) bytte banehalvdel

come to an end stoppe, stanse, slutte, opphøre, ta slutt

• the supply is coming to an end

forrådet holder på å ta slutt

come to a sticky\/bad end få en tragisk avslutning, ende med en voldelig død

an end in itself et mål i seg selv

the end justifies the means hensikten helliger middelet

the end of somebody\/something slutten på noen\/noe

• that's the end of him

det er slutten på ham

the end of the ball game (amer., hverdagslig) slutt på leken

• when the earthquake started, I thought that was the end of the ball game

da jordskjelvet startet trodde jeg det var slutt på leken

the end of the line\/road slutten (situasjon der alt håp er ute)

• it'll be the end of the line for him

det betyr slutten for ham

the end of the world ( overført) verdens undergang, ragnarokk

end on med kortsiden frem

• when two ships are meeting end on

når to skip møtes stevn mot stevn

end to end etter hverandre (uten mellomrom), ende mot ende, med kortsidene mot hverandre

• arrange the tables end to end

from end to end fra ende til annen, fra begynnelse til slutt

• it is a lie from end to end

det er løgn fra ende til annen

gain\/attain\/achieve one's end(s) nå sitt mål

get one's end away eller get one's end in (slang, vulgært) ha samleie

go off the deep end ( hverdagslig) bli rasende\/hissig, gå fra konseptene, la sinnet løpe av med seg

in the end til slutt, til sjuende og sist, når alt kommer til alt

• in the end, blood is thicker than water

når alt kommer til alt, er blod tykkere enn vann

it's not (wouldn't be) the end of the world det er ingen katastrofe, det er ikke verdens undergang

keep one's end up ( hverdagslig) klare seg, hevde seg, holde stand

like something no end ( hverdagslig) like noe veldig godt

• I liked the book no end

jeg likte boken veldig godt

make an end of something\/someone gjøre slutt på noe\/noen, ta livet av noe\/noen

make (both) ends meet få endene til å møtes, få pengene til å strekke til

be nearing one's end ligge for døden

never hear the end of something komme til å høre noe lenge

• you will never hear the end of that

det vil du komme til å høre\/svi for lenge

no end ( hverdagslig) svært, i høyeste grad

• the answer disappointed him no end

svaret gjorde ham svært skuffet

be no end of a (nice) person ( hverdagslig) være en alle tiders person

• he is no end of a (nice) guy

han er en alle tiders fyr\/kar

no end of something ( hverdagslig) forferdelig\/uendelig mye av noe

• he has no end of time

han har massevis av tid

on end på høykant

• place the box on (its) end

• his hair stood on end

hårene reiste seg på hodet hans

i trekk, på rad

• two hours on end

to timer uavbrutt

• it rained for days on end

det regnet i dagevis (eller flere dager på rad)

private ends private\/personlige interesser

public ends offentlige interesser

put an end to sette en stopper for, gjøre slutt på

• put an end to oneself

ta livet av seg

be the end ( hverdagslig) umulig

• he's the end!

han er helt umulig!

( hverdagslig) herlig

• that music is the (living) end

den musikken er helt herlig

be the end of someone ( hverdagslig) gjøre kål på noen

• he will be the end of me

han kommer til å ta livet av meg\/gjøre kål på meg

there is an end to everything alt har en ende, alt tar slutt en gang

there is no end to det fins ingen grenser for, det er ingen ende på

there's an end of it! eller that's the end of it! dermed er saken avgjort!, dermed basta!

think no end of oneself ( hverdagslig) ha høye tanker om seg selv

• he thinks no end of himself

han har høye tanker om seg selv

to no end forgjeves

to the bitter end til den bitre slutt, til det siste

to the ends of the earth til verdens\/jordens ende

to this\/that end med det(te) som formål, i den(ne) hensikt

without end endeløs, evig, grenseløs, uten ende

• trouble without end

endeløse problemer
II
verb \/end\/

1) avslutte, ende, slutte, sette en stopper for, få en slutt på

• end the dispute

• end the suffering

• end one's days

ende sine dager

• it was the war to end all war

det var krigen som skulle gjøre slutt på alle kriger

2) slutte, opphøre, ta slutt, avsluttes, ende

• the road ends here

• the first chapter ends (up) with a murder

• end (up) in or with a vowel

slutte på en vokal

all's well that ends well når enden er god, er allting godt

end in ende med

• end in disaster

ende med katastrofe

end (up) in smoke ( hverdagslig) gå opp i røyk

end up (by) doing something ende (opp) med å gjøre noe

end up ende, havne

• he ended up in jail

han havnet i fengsel til slutt, han endte i fengsel

• end up as a millionaire

ende som millionær

there the matter ends dermed basta

English-Norwegian dictionary > end
9 end

§ ბოლო, დაბოლოება; და (კავშირი, გრამ.)

§

1 ბოლო, დასასრული

the end of a sentence / of the film წინადადების ბოლო // ფილმის დასასრული

an end must be put to this ამას ბოლო უნდა მოეღოს

that will be the end of me ეს მე ბოლოს მომიღებს

a cigarette end სიგარეტის ნამწვი

at the end of the century საუკუნის დამლევს

at the end of the world გადაკარგულში // ცხრა მთას იქით

she was at the end of her patience მოთმინების ფიალა აევსო

she was at her wits' end მთლად დაიბნა

no end of უამრავი, უთვალავი

without end გაუთავებელი, უსასრულო

I'm at a loose end just now ახლა არაფერი საქმე არა მაქვს

he always gets hold of the wrong end of the stick ყოველთვის ყველაფერი უკუღმა ესმის

to make both ends meet გაჭირვებით თავის გატანა

for three days on end ზედიზედ სამი დღე

for hours on end საათობით

he thinks no end of himself ძალიან დიდი წარმოდგენა აქვს საკუთარ თავზე

the story put his hair on end ამ ამბავმა თმა ყალყზე დაუყენა

dead end ჩიხი

2 მიზანი

he gained his end თავის მიზანს მიაწია

3 დამთავრება (დაამთავრებს, დამთავრდება), დასრულება

they ended the concert with a dance კონცერტი ცეკვით დაასრულეს

the road ends here გზა აქ თავდება

how does the story end? როგორ თავდება მოთხრობა?

the game ended in a draw თამაში ყაიმით / ფრედ დამთავრდა

let’s end our quarrel მოდი, ჩხუბს თავი დავანებოთ

●●odds and ends 1 ნარჩენები, ნაყარ-ნუყარი

●●odds and ends 2 წვრილმანები

I’m at the end of my resources სახსრები გამომელია

the film should be ending soon ფილმი ალბათ მალე დასრულდება

at the end of the first half the score was 3 to 1 პირველი ნახევრის ბოლოს ანგარიში იყო სამით ერთი

his hair stood on end თმა ყალყზე დაუდგა

there's no end to it ამას ბოლო არ უჩანს

to the end of June ივნისის ბოლომდე

up to the end of this month ამ თვის ბოლომდე

the beginning and the end of his speech don't hang together მისი სიტყვის დასაწყისი და ბოლო ერთმანეთს ეწინააღმდეგება

my hair stood on end თმა ყალყზე დამიდგა

I'm at my wits' end სულ დავბიბენი // აღარ ვიცი რა ვქნა

he will sit in front of the TV hours on end ტელევიზორს საათობით უზის ხოლმე;

hours on end საათობით

finger-end თითის წვერი

he lives at the extreme end of the street ამ ქუჩის ბოლოში ცხოვრობს

to drive to one's wits' end ჭკუაზე შეშლა

there's a drip at the end of your nose ცინგლი ჩამოგდის

end game ენდშპილი

to come to a dead end ჩიხში მოქცევა

don’t confound the means with the ends! საშუალებებსა და მიზნებს ერთმანეთში ნუ აურევ!

my holiday came to an end ჩემი შვებულება დასრულდა

all his efforts ended in failure მისი ყველა ცდა მარცხით დამთავრდა

by the end of the day დღის დამლევისათვის

to burn the candle at both ends ძალ-ღონის უგუნურად ხარჯვა

to bring sth to an end რისიმე ბოლომდე მიყვანა

their assumption that the war would end soon turned out to be wrong მათი ვარაუდი, რომ ომი მალე დამთავრდებოდა, არ გამართლდა

he gained his end by art(s) თავის მიზანს ეშმაკობით მიაღწია

he appended a list at the end ბოლოში სია დაურთო

English-Georgian dictionary > end
10 fin

m.

1 end (final).

dar o poner fin a algo to put an end to something

tocar a su fin to come to a close

a fines de at the end of

al o por fin at last, finally

a fin de cuentas after all

al fin y al cabo after all

al fin del mundo to the end of the earth (and back)

en fin anyway

en fin, lo volveremos a intentar well o anyway, we can try again

sin fin endless

fin de año New Year's Eve (Nochevieja)

fin de curso end of the school year; (en colegio) end of the academic year (en universidad)

fin de fiesta grand finale

fin de semana weekend

2 aim, goal (objetivo).

un fin en sí mismo an end in itself

el fin justifica los medios the end justifies the means

con este fin with this aim, to this end

a fin de in order to

a fin de contener la inflación (in order) to keep inflation down

un concierto con fines benéficos a charity concert

3 purpose, objective, end, aim.

* * *

fin

► nombre masculino

1 (final) end

2 (objetivo) purpose, aim

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a fin de in order to, so as to

a fin de que so that

a fines de at the end of

al fin y al cabo when all's said and done

¡al fin! at last!

con buen fin with good intentions

con el fin de with the intention of

con este fin with this aim

dar fin a to put an end to

en fin anyway

llegar a su fin to come to an end

no tener fin to be endless

poner fin a to put an end to

¡por fin! at last!

sin fin endless

tocar a su fin to come to an end

fin de fiesta grand finale

fin de semana (tiempo) weekend 2 (bolsa) weekend bag

(noche de) Fin de Año New Year's Eve

* * *

noun m.

1) end

2) aim, purpose

•

- fin de semana
- por fin
* * *

SM

1) (=final) end

el fin del mundo — the end of the world

antes de fin de mes — before the end of the month

en la noche de fin de año — on New Year's Eve

• fin de la cita — end of quote, unquote

• fin de curso — end of the school year

fiesta de fin de curso — end-of-year party

• dar fin a — [+ ceremonia, actuación] to bring to a close; [+ obra, libro] to finish; [+ guerra, conflicto] to bring to an end

estas palabras dieron fin a tres años de conflicto — these words brought three years of conflict to an end

• llegar a buen fin — [aventura] to have a happy ending; [plan] to turn out well

• llevar algo a buen fin — to bring sth to a successful conclusion

• poner fin a algo — to end sth, put an end to sth

esta ley pondrá fin a la discriminación sexual en el trabajo — this law will end o will put an end to sexual discrimination in the workplace

los acuerdos pusieron fin a doce años de guerra — the agreements ended o put an end to twelve years of war

deseaban poner fin a sus vidas — they wished to end their lives

• sin fin — endless

correa sin fin — endless belt

- llegar a fin de mes

un sueldo que apenas les permite llegar a fin de mes — a salary that barely enables them to make ends meet

fin de fiesta — (Teat) grand finale

fin de semana — weekend

2)

• a fines de — at the end of

a fines de abril — at the end of April

la crisis de fines del XIX — the crisis at the end of the 19th century, the late 19th century crisis

3) [otras locuciones]

a)

• al fin, por fin — [gen] finally; [con más énfasis] at last

al fin se ha premiado su esfuerzo — her efforts have finally been rewarded

tras varios días de marcha, por fin llegamos a la primera aldea — after several days' walk, we finally came to the first village

¡al fin solos! — alone at last!

¡por fin te decides a hacer algo! — at last you've decided to do something!

• al fin y al cabo — after all

tengo derecho a estar aquí: al fin y al cabo, soy parte de la familia — I have a right to stay here: after all, I am part of the family

al fin y al cabo, lo que importa es que seguimos juntos — at the end of the day, what matters is that we're still together

• a fin de cuentas — at the end of the day

b)

• en fin — [quitando importancia] anyway, oh, well; [para resumir] in short

en fin, otro día seguiremos hablando del tema — anyway o oh, well, we will carry on discussing this another day

¡en fin, qué se le va a hacer! — anyway o oh, well, there's nothing we can do about it!

hemos tenido bastantes problemas este año, pero en fin, seguimos adelante — we've had quite a few problems this year, but still o anyway, we're still going

en fin, que no he tenido un momento de descanso — in short, I haven't had a moment's rest

4) (=intención) aim

se desconocen los fines de esa organización — the aims of that organization are unknown

¿con qué fin se ha organizado esto? — what has been the aim in organizing this?

• a fin de hacer algo — in order to do sth

a fin de que — + subjun so that, in order that frm

se le ha citado como testigo a fin de que explique sus relaciones con el acusado — he has been called as a witness in order to explain o in order that he explain frm o so that he can explain his relationship with the defendant

• con el fin de hacer algo — in order to do sth

• a tal fin — with this aim in mind, to this end

- el fin justifica los medios

5) (=propósito) purpose

un millón de dólares será destinado a fines benéficos — a million dollars is to go to charity

el dinero había sido destinado a otros fines — the money had been put aside for other purposes

con fines experimentales/militares/políticos — for experimental/military/political purposes

planean intervenir con fines humanitarios — they are planning to intervene for humanitarian reasons

* * *

masculino

1)

a) ( final) end

a fines de junio — at the end of June

a fin de mes — at the end of the month

hasta el fin de los siglos or tiempos — until the end of time

no es el fin del mundo — (fam) it's not the end of the world (colloq)

tuvo un triste fin — he came to a sad end

puso fin a la discusión — she put an end to the discussion

el verano ya llega a su fin — summer is coming to an end

con esta noticia ponemos fin a la edición de hoy — and with that we end tonight's news

un accidente aéreo puso fin a su vida — he was killed in an aircrash

llevó la empresa a buen fin — he brought the venture to a successful conclusion

Fin — The End

b) (en locs)

por or al fin — at last

al fin lo conseguí! — at last I've done it!

en fin — well

en fin qué se le va a hacer! — ah well, what can you do?

en fin sigamos! — anyway, let's carry on!

repara electrodomésticos, pone enchufes... en fin un poco de todo — he repairs electrical goods, puts in plugs... a bit of everything, really

a fin de cuentas — in the end, at the end of the day

al fin y al cabo — after all

tocar a su fin — (liter) to draw to a close o to an end

- fin de año

- fin de fiesta

- fin de semana

2) (objetivo, finalidad) purpose

el fin de esta visita — the aim o purpose of this visit

esto constituye un fin en sí mismo — this constitutes an end in itself

una institución sin fines lucrativos or de lucro — a not-for-profit organization (AmE), a non-profit-making organisation (BrE)

a fin de que — (frml) in order to

con este fin or a este fin or a tal fin — (frml) with this aim (frml), to this end (frml)

con el fin or a fin de — (frml) with the aim o purpose of

el fin justifica los medios — the end justifies the means

* * *

= aim, end, goal, purpose, quit, STOP, goodbye [good-bye], objective.

Nota: Acción específica que se pretende llevar a cabo, siendo necesarias varias de ellas para alcanzar una meta.

Ex. The aim of SWALCAP is to provide integrated computer services for library housekeeping purposes and to keep these services up to date.

Ex. In our fascination with the versatility of certain tools, we should not forget the ends to which they are to be applied.

Ex. Karen set the theme in her keynote address that booksellers, publishers and librarians often have different goals and perceptions.

Ex. Chapters 7 and 8 introduced the problems associated with author cataloguing and have surveyed the purpose of cataloguing codes.

Ex. The final choice, ' Quit (LOGOFF),' takes you back to the Welcome screen.

Ex. The command function ' STOP' is used to end the session and logoff.

Ex. The article 'Books -- is it goodbye?' shows that while there was a sharp increase in fiction in Finland after the 2nd World War, the amount of fiction is now beginning to decline.

Ex. An objective is an individual act intended to be carried out, and a number o which are required to be carried out in order to reach a goal.

----

* a este fin = to this end.

* a fin de cuentas = at the end of the day, in the end, in the final count, in the grand scheme of things, when all is said and done, after all is said and done.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + fin = reach + Posesivo + end.

* al fin = at last, at long last.

* al fin y al cabo = in the end, after all, all in all, after all is said and done, when all is said and done.

* cinta sin fin = endless belt, conveyor belt, conveyor [conveyer].

* con el fin de = in order to.

* con ese fin = to that end.

* con este fin = to this end, to that effect.

* con fines + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.

* con fines lucrativos = profit-making, profit-orientated, profit-oriented, profit-generating.

* confundir los medios con el fin = confuse + the means with the ends.

* conseguir un fin = secure + end.

* construido expresamente para tal fin = purpose-built.

* dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.

* de fin de año = end of the year.

* de fin de milenio = millennial.

* de principio a fin = from start to finish, gavel to gavel, from beginning to end.

* de principio a fin (documento) = cover to cover.

* desde principio a fin = throughout.

* discurso de fin de curso = commencement salutatory.

* durante el fin de semana = over the weekend.

* el fin del mundo = the ends of the earth.

* el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.

* el fin de todos los fines = the end of all ends.

* el fin justifica los medios = the end justifies the means.

* el principio del fin = the beginning of the end.

* en el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.

* fin de año = EOY (end of year), end of the year.

* fin de semana = weekend.

* fines de semana, los = at weekends.

* fines lucrativos = financial gain.

* generación del fin del milenio, la = Millennial Generation, the, Millennium Generation, the.

* hasta el fin del mundo = until the end of the world.

* leer de principio a fin = read + from cover to cover.

* llegar a su fin = wind down, draw to + a close, draw to + an end.

* no llevar a ningún fin = beat + a dead horse, flog + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.

* no tener fin = there + be + no end to.

* para este fin = to this end.

* para fines múltiples = multipurpose [multi-purpose].

* película sin fin = filmloop [film loop/film-loop].

* perseguir los mismos fines = work + on the same lines.

* perseguir un fin = pursue + end.

* persona nacida en el fin del milenio = Millennial.

* poner fin = curb, bring to + a close, draw to + a close.

* poner fin a = put + paid to, put + an end to, put + a stop to, call + a halt on, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, sound + the death knell for, kill off.

* poner fin a un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.

* por fin = at length, at last, finally, at long last.

* por fin llegó la hora (de) = it's about time (that).

* seminario de fin de semana = weekend school.

* ser el fin de = sign + a death warrant (for).

* ser un fin en sí mismo = be an end in itself.

* ser un fin en sí mismos = be ends in themselves.

* ser un medio para llegar a un fin = be the means to an end.

* servir un fin = serve + end.

* significar el fin de Algo = mean + an end to.

* sin fin = never-finishing, never-ending, bottomless, interminably, unending.

* sin fines lucrativos = non-profit [nonprofit], non-profit making.

* tecla de fin = End key.

* tocar a su fin = draw to + a close, draw to + an end, wind down.

* todo el fin de semana = all weekend long.

* un medio para alcanzar un fin = a means to an end.

* un medio para conseguir un fin = a means to an end.

* un medio para llegar a fin = a means to an end.

* utilizar para un fin = put to + purpose.

* * *

masculino

1)

a) ( final) end

a fines de junio — at the end of June

a fin de mes — at the end of the month

hasta el fin de los siglos or tiempos — until the end of time

no es el fin del mundo — (fam) it's not the end of the world (colloq)

tuvo un triste fin — he came to a sad end

puso fin a la discusión — she put an end to the discussion

el verano ya llega a su fin — summer is coming to an end

con esta noticia ponemos fin a la edición de hoy — and with that we end tonight's news

un accidente aéreo puso fin a su vida — he was killed in an aircrash

llevó la empresa a buen fin — he brought the venture to a successful conclusion

Fin — The End

b) (en locs)

por or al fin — at last

al fin lo conseguí! — at last I've done it!

en fin — well

en fin qué se le va a hacer! — ah well, what can you do?

en fin sigamos! — anyway, let's carry on!

repara electrodomésticos, pone enchufes... en fin un poco de todo — he repairs electrical goods, puts in plugs... a bit of everything, really

a fin de cuentas — in the end, at the end of the day

al fin y al cabo — after all

tocar a su fin — (liter) to draw to a close o to an end

- fin de año

- fin de fiesta

- fin de semana

2) (objetivo, finalidad) purpose

el fin de esta visita — the aim o purpose of this visit

esto constituye un fin en sí mismo — this constitutes an end in itself

una institución sin fines lucrativos or de lucro — a not-for-profit organization (AmE), a non-profit-making organisation (BrE)

a fin de que — (frml) in order to

con este fin or a este fin or a tal fin — (frml) with this aim (frml), to this end (frml)

con el fin or a fin de — (frml) with the aim o purpose of

el fin justifica los medios — the end justifies the means

* * *

= aim, end, goal, purpose, quit, STOP, goodbye [good-bye], objective.

Nota: Acción específica que se pretende llevar a cabo, siendo necesarias varias de ellas para alcanzar una meta.

Ex: The aim of SWALCAP is to provide integrated computer services for library housekeeping purposes and to keep these services up to date.

Ex: In our fascination with the versatility of certain tools, we should not forget the ends to which they are to be applied.

Ex: Karen set the theme in her keynote address that booksellers, publishers and librarians often have different goals and perceptions.

Ex: Chapters 7 and 8 introduced the problems associated with author cataloguing and have surveyed the purpose of cataloguing codes.

Ex: The final choice, ' Quit (LOGOFF),' takes you back to the Welcome screen.

Ex: The command function ' STOP' is used to end the session and logoff.

Ex: The article 'Books -- is it goodbye?' shows that while there was a sharp increase in fiction in Finland after the 2nd World War, the amount of fiction is now beginning to decline.

Ex: An objective is an individual act intended to be carried out, and a number o which are required to be carried out in order to reach a goal.

* a este fin = to this end.

* a fin de cuentas = at the end of the day, in the end, in the final count, in the grand scheme of things, when all is said and done, after all is said and done.

* alcanzar + Posesivo + fin = reach + Posesivo + end.

* al fin = at last, at long last.

* al fin y al cabo = in the end, after all, all in all, after all is said and done, when all is said and done.

* cinta sin fin = endless belt, conveyor belt, conveyor [conveyer].

* con el fin de = in order to.

* con ese fin = to that end.

* con este fin = to this end, to that effect.

* con fines + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.

* con fines lucrativos = profit-making, profit-orientated, profit-oriented, profit-generating.

* confundir los medios con el fin = confuse + the means with the ends.

* conseguir un fin = secure + end.

* construido expresamente para tal fin = purpose-built.

* dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.

* de fin de año = end of the year.

* de fin de milenio = millennial.

* de principio a fin = from start to finish, gavel to gavel, from beginning to end.

* de principio a fin (documento) = cover to cover.

* desde principio a fin = throughout.

* discurso de fin de curso = commencement salutatory.

* durante el fin de semana = over the weekend.

* el fin del mundo = the ends of the earth.

* el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.

* el fin de todos los fines = the end of all ends.

* el fin justifica los medios = the end justifies the means.

* el principio del fin = the beginning of the end.

* en el fin de semana = over the weekend, at the weekend.

* fin de año = EOY (end of year), end of the year.

* fin de semana = weekend.

* fines de semana, los = at weekends.

* fines lucrativos = financial gain.

* generación del fin del milenio, la = Millennial Generation, the, Millennium Generation, the.

* hasta el fin del mundo = until the end of the world.

* leer de principio a fin = read + from cover to cover.

* llegar a su fin = wind down, draw to + a close, draw to + an end.

* no llevar a ningún fin = beat + a dead horse, flog + a dead horse, fart + in the wind.

* no tener fin = there + be + no end to.

* para este fin = to this end.

* para fines múltiples = multipurpose [multi-purpose].

* película sin fin = filmloop [film loop/film-loop].

* perseguir los mismos fines = work + on the same lines.

* perseguir un fin = pursue + end.

* persona nacida en el fin del milenio = Millennial.

* poner fin = curb, bring to + a close, draw to + a close.

* poner fin a = put + paid to, put + an end to, put + a stop to, call + a halt on, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, sound + the death knell for, kill off.

* poner fin a un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.

* por fin = at length, at last, finally, at long last.

* por fin llegó la hora (de) = it's about time (that).

* seminario de fin de semana = weekend school.

* ser el fin de = sign + a death warrant (for).

* ser un fin en sí mismo = be an end in itself.

* ser un fin en sí mismos = be ends in themselves.

* ser un medio para llegar a un fin = be the means to an end.

* servir un fin = serve + end.

* significar el fin de Algo = mean + an end to.

* sin fin = never-finishing, never-ending, bottomless, interminably, unending.

* sin fines lucrativos = non-profit [nonprofit], non-profit making.

* tecla de fin = End key.

* tocar a su fin = draw to + a close, draw to + an end, wind down.

* todo el fin de semana = all weekend long.

* un medio para alcanzar un fin = a means to an end.

* un medio para conseguir un fin = a means to an end.

* un medio para llegar a fin = a means to an end.

* utilizar para un fin = put to + purpose.

* * *

fin

masculine

A

1 (final) end

el fin de una época the end of an era

a fines de junio at the end of June

siempre cobramos a fin de mes we always get paid at the end of the month

hasta el fin de los siglos or tiempos until the end of time

el fin del mundo the end of the world

no es el fin del mundo ( fam); it's not the end of the world ( colloq)

tuvo un triste fin he came to a sad end

con esta noticia ponemos fin a la edición de hoy and that's the end of tonight's news, and with that we end tonight's news

en un intento de poner fin a estos conflictos in an attempt to put an end to these conflicts

un accidente aéreo puso fin a su vida he was killed in an aircrash

puso fin a la discusión she put an end to the discussion

llevó la empresa a buen fin he brought the venture to a successful conclusion

el verano ya llega a su fin summer is coming to an end

[ S ] Fin The End

2 ( en locs):

por or al fin at last

¡al fin lo conseguí! at last I've done it!

¡por fin! hace media hora que te estoy llamando at last! I've been trying to reach you for the last half hour

¡por fin llegas! llevo horas esperando at last you've arrived! I've been waiting for hours

en fin well

en fin ¡qué se le va a hacer! ah well, what can you do?

en fin que las cosas no andan muy bien all in all, things aren't going very well

en fin ¡sigamos! anyway, let's carry on!

a fin de cuentas: a fin de cuentas, lo que importa es el resultado at the end of the day, it's the result that counts

a fin de cuentas, el que carga con la responsabilidad soy yo when it comes down to it o when all's said and done, I'm the one who has to take responsibility

a fin de cuentas salimos ganando in the end we did well out of it

al fin y al cabo: siempre lo disculpa, al fin y al cabo es su único hijo she always forgives him; after all, he is her only son

es inútil darle consejos, al fin y al cabo hace siempre lo que quiere it's no good giving her advice, in the end she always does as she pleases

tocar a su fin ( liter); to draw to a close o to an end

sinfín

Compuestos:

● fin de año

New Year's Eve

● fin de fiesta

grand finale, finale

● fin de semana

1 (sábado y domingo) weekend

2 ( Esp) (maletín) overnight bag o case

B (objetivo, finalidad) purpose

para fines pacíficos for peaceful ends o purposes

el fin de esta visita the aim o objective o purpose of this visit

esto constituye un fin en sí mismo this constitutes an end in itself

una colecta con fines benéficos a collection for charity

una institución sin fines lucrativos or de lucro a not-for-profit organization ( AmE), a non-profit-making organisation ( BrE)

con este finor a este finor a tal fin ( frml); to this end ( frml), with this aim ( frml)

con el fin de or a fin de ( frml); with the aim o purpose of

a fin de que se cumpla el reglamento in order to ensure compliance with the rules

salvo buen fin subject to clearance

el fin justifica los medios the end justifies the means

* * *

fin sustantivo masculino
1
a) ( final) end;

◊ a fines de junio at the end of June;

a fin de mes at the end of the month;
fin de año New Year's Eve;
fin de semana ( sábado y domingo) weekend;
puso fin a la discusión she put an end to the discussion
b) ( en locs) por or al fin at last;

◊ en fin ( expresando resignación) ah well;

en fin ¡sigamos! anyway, let's carry on!;
a fin de cuentas in the end, at the end of the day;
al fin y al cabo after all
2
a) (objetivo, finalidad) purpose;

◊ el fin de esta visita the aim o purpose of this visit

b) ( en locs)

◊ a fin de que (frml) in order to;

con este fin (frml) with this aim (frml), to this end (frml);
con el fin or a fin de (frml) with the aim o purpose of
fin sustantivo masculino
1 (final, término) end: ponle fin a esta situación, put an end to this situation
fin de semana, weekend
noche de Fin de Año, New Year's Eve
2 (meta) purpose, aim
con el fin de, with the aim of
fin último, main aim
♦ Locuciones: a fin de, in order to, so as to
a fin de que, in order that, so that
al fin y al cabo, when all's said and done
en fin, anyway
¡por o al fin!, at last!
' fin' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abonada
- abonado
- acción
- acertar
- acreditar
- activa
- activo
- ajustar
- aleta
- amortización
- aplazar
- asiento
- atraso
- auditor
- auditora
- aunar
- aval
- baja
- balance
- bancarrota
- banco
- beneficio
- bolsa
- bono
- cabo
- caja
- cambio
- capital
- carga
- cargo
- caudal
- cédula
- centavo
- cien
- cobertura
- colocar
- concurrencia
- corona
- corredor
- corredora
- corriente
- cotizar
- cotización
- cotizarse
- crac
- crack
- crédito
- crisis
- cuenta
- curso
English:
account
- accrue
- advance
- all
- anywhere
- appreciate
- appreciation
- Armageddon
- arms control
- asset
- at
- back
- backer
- backing
- balance
- balance sheet
- bank
- bankrupt
- bear
- beginning
- bill
- block
- blue-chip
- boil down
- bond
- bondholder
- book
- bottom line
- bottom out
- break
- break down
- breakdown
- brokerage
- building society
- bull
- bullish
- buoyancy
- buoyant
- but
- buyback
- buyer
- capital
- capital reserves
- capitalize
- cause
- charge
- city
- clearance
- clearing
- close

* * *

fin

♦ nm

1. [final] end;

el fin del invierno the end of winter;

“Fin” [en película] “The End”;

dar o [m5] poner fin a algo to put an end to sth;

un infarto puso fin a su vida she died from a heart attack;

tocar a su fin to come to a close;

a fines de at the end of;

a fin de mes at the end of the month;

conseguir llegar a fin de mes [económicamente] to manage to make ends meet;

al o [m5] por fin at last, finally;

¡al o [m5] por fin hemos llegado! we've arrived, at last!;

en fin, lo volveremos a intentar well o anyway, we can try again;

en fin, que si no te interesa, no lo compres well, if you don't want it, don't buy it;

en fin, para resumir… anyway, to summarize…;

sin fin endless;

diversión sin fin no end of fun, endless fun;

recibió un sin fin de regalos she got hundreds of presents;

Comp

a fin de cuentas, al fin y al cabo, al fin y a la postre after all

Comp
fin de año [Nochevieja] New Year's Eve;
voy a pasar el fin de año con la familia I'm going to stay with my family over New Year;

nuestros resultados de fin de año our year end results;

fin de curso [en colegio] end of the school year;
[en universidad] end of the academic year;
fin de fiesta grand finale;

el fin del mundo the end of the world;

anímate, no es el fin del mundo cheer up, it isn't the end of the world;

al fin del mundo to the end of the earth (and back);

fin de semana weekend

2. [objetivo] aim, goal;

el fin justifica los medios the end justifies the means;

el fin último the ultimate goal;

con este fin with this aim, to this end;

una organización con fines benéficos a charity, a charitable organization;

un concierto con fines benéficos a charity concert;

con fines lucrativos profit-making

♦ a fin de loc conj

esfuérzate a fin de aprobar make an effort (in order) to try and pass;

han subido los intereses a fin de contener la inflación they have raised interest rates (in order) to keep inflation down;

compórtate bien a fin de que no te puedan reprochar nada behave well so (that) they can't reproach you for anything

* * *

fin

m

1 end;

al o

por fin finally, at last;

a fines de mayo at the end of May;

sin fin endless, never-ending;

dar o

poner fin a end, bring to an end; abuso, disputa put an end to;

tocar a su fin draw to a close, come to an end

2 ( objetivo) aim, purpose;

a fin o

con el fin de que acabemos a tiempo in order to finish on time, to ensure that we finish on time;

el fin justifica los medios the end justifies the means;

a fin de in order to

3 locuciones

:

al fin y al cabo at the end of the day, after all;

en fin anyway

* * *

fin nm

1) : end

2) : purpose, aim, objective

3)

en fin : in short

4)

fin de semana : weekend

5)

por fin : finally, at last

* * *

fin n

1. (final) end

el fin del mundo the end of the world

a fin de mes at the end of the month

2. (objetivo) purpose / aim

el fin es recaudar mucho dinero the aim is to raise a lot of money

un concierto con fines benéficos a concert for charity

a fin de to / in order to

a fin de cuentas at the end of the day / when all's said and done

al fin at last

al fin y al cabo in the end / after all

en fin (bien) well (en resumen) in short / all in all

por fin at last

fin de año New Year's Eve

fin de fiesta finale

fin de semana weekend

siempre salimos los fines de semana we always go out at the weekend

Spanish-English dictionary > fin
11 Chronology

15,000-3,000 BCE Paleolithic cultures in western Portugal.

400-200 BCE Greek and Carthaginian trade settlements on coast.

202 BCE Roman armies invade ancient Lusitania.

137 BCE Intensive Romanization of Lusitania begins.

410 CE Germanic tribes — Suevi and Visigoths—begin conquest of Roman Lusitania and Galicia.

714—16 Muslims begin conquest of Visigothic Lusitania.

1034 Christian Reconquest frontier reaches Mondego River.

1064 Christians conquer Coimbra.

1139 Burgundian Count Afonso Henriques proclaims himself king of Portugal; birth of Portugal. Battle of Ourique: Afonso Henriques defeats Muslims.

1147 With English Crusaders' help, Portuguese seize Lisbon from Muslims.

1179 Papacy formally recognizes Portugal's independence (Pope Alexander III).

1226 Campaign to reclaim Alentejo from Muslims begins.

1249 Last Muslim city (Silves) falls to Portuguese Army.

1381 Beginning of third war between Castile and Portugal.

1383 Master of Aviz, João, proclaimed regent by Lisbon populace.

1385 April: Master of Aviz, João I, proclaimed king of Portugal by Cortes of Coimbra. 14 August: Battle of Aljubarrota, Castilians defeated by royal forces, with assistance of English army.

1394 Birth of "Prince Henry the Navigator," son of King João I.

1415 Beginning of overseas expansion as Portugal captures Moroccan city of Ceuta.

1419 Discovery of Madeira Islands.

1425-28 Prince D. Pedro, older brother of Prince Henry, travels in Europe.

1427 Discovery (or rediscovery?) of Azores Islands.

1434 Prince Henry the Navigator's ships pass beyond Cape Bojador, West Africa.

1437 Disaster at Tangier, Morocco, as Portuguese fail to capture city.

1441 First African slaves from western Africa reach Portugal.

1460 Death of Prince Henry. Portuguese reach what is now Senegal, West Africa.

1470s Portuguese explore West African coast and reach what is now Ghana and Nigeria and begin colonizing islands of São Tomé and Príncipe.

1479 Treaty of Alcáçovas between kings of Portugal and Spain.

1482 Portuguese establish post at São Jorge da Mina, Gold Coast (now Ghana).

1482-83 Portuguese navigator Diogo Cão reaches mouth of Congo River and Angola.

1488 Navigator Bartolomeu Dias rounds Cape of Good Hope, South Africa, and finds route to Indian Ocean.

1492-93 Columbus's first voyage to West Indies.

1493 Columbus visits Azores and Portugal on return from first voyage; tells of discovery of New World. Treaty of Tordesillas signed between kings of Portugal and Spain: delimits spheres of conquest with line 370 leagues west of Cape Verde Islands (claimed by Portugal); Portugal's sphere to east of line includes, in effect, Brazil.

   King Manuel I and Royal Council decide to continue seeking all-water route around Africa to Asia.

   King Manuel I expels unconverted Jews from Portugal.

1497-99 Epic voyage of Vasco da Gama from Portugal around Africa to west India, successful completion of sea route to Asia project; da Gama returns to Portugal with samples of Asian spices.

1500 Bound for India, Navigator Pedro Álvares Cabral "discovers" coast of Brazil and claims it for Portugal.

1506 Anti-Jewish riots in Lisbon.

   Battle of Diu, India; Portugal's command of Indian Ocean assured for some time with Francisco de Almeida's naval victory over Egyptian and Gujerati fleets.

   Afonso de Albuquerque conquers Goa, India; beginning of Portuguese hegemony in south Asia.

   Portuguese conquest of Malacca; commerce in Spice Islands.

1519 Magellan begins circumnavigation voyage.

1536 Inquisition begins in Portugal.

1543 Portuguese merchants reach Japan.

1557 Portuguese merchants granted Chinese territory of Macau for trading factory.

1572 Luís de Camões publishes epic poem, Os Lusíadas.

1578 Battle of Alcácer-Quivir; Moroccan forces defeat army of King Sebastião of Portugal; King Sebastião dies in battle. Portuguese succession crisis.

1580 King Phillip II of Spain claims and conquers Portugal; Spanish rule of Portugal, 1580-1640.

1607-24 Dutch conquer sections of Asia and Brazil formerly held by Portugal.

1640 1 December: Portuguese revolution in Lisbon overthrows Spanish rule, restores independence. Beginning of Portugal's Braganza royal dynasty.

1654 Following Dutch invasions and conquest of parts of Brazil and Angola, Dutch expelled by force.

1661 Anglo-Portuguese Alliance treaty signed: England pledges to defend Portugal "as if it were England itself." Queen Catherine of Bra-ganza marries England's Charles II.

1668 February: In Portuguese-Spanish peace treaty, Spain recognizes independence of Portugal, thus ending 28-year War of Restoration.

1703 Methuen Treaties signed, key commercial trade agreement and defense treaty between England and Portugal.

1750 Pombal becomes chief minister of King José I.

1755 1 November: Massive Lisbon earthquake, tidal wave, and fire.

1759 Expulsion of Jesuits from Portugal and colonies.

1761 Slavery abolished in continental Portugal.

1769 Abandonment of Mazagão, Morocco, last Portuguese outpost.

1777 Pombal dismissed as chief minister by Queen Maria I, after death of José I.

1791 Portugal and United States establish full diplomatic relations.

1807 November: First Napoleonic invasion; French forces under Junot conquer Portugal. Royal family flees to colony of Brazil and remains there until 1821.

1809 Second French invasion of Portugal under General Soult.

1811 Third French invasion of Portugal under General Masséna.

1813 Following British general Wellington's military victories, French forces evacuate Portugal.

1817 Liberal, constitutional movements against absolutist monarchist rule break out in Brazil (Pernambuco) and Portugal (Lisbon, under General Gomes Freire); crushed by government. British marshal of Portugal's army, Beresford, rules Portugal.

   Liberal insurrection in army officer corps breaks out in Cadiz, Spain, and influences similar movement in Portugal's armed forces first in Oporto.

   King João VI returns from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, and early draft of constitution; era of constitutional monarchy begins.

1822 7 September: João VI's son Pedro proclaims independence of

   Brazil from Portugal and is named emperor. 23 September: Constitution of 1822 ratified.

   Portugal recognizes sovereign independence of Brazil.

   King João VI dies; power struggle for throne ensues between his sons, brothers Pedro and Miguel; Pedro, emperor of Brazil, abdicates Portuguese throne in favor of his daughter, D. Maria II, too young to assume crown. By agreement, Miguel, uncle of D. Maria, is to accept constitution and rule in her stead.

1828 Miguel takes throne and abolishes constitution. Sections of Portugal rebel against Miguelite rule.

1831 Emperor Pedro abdicates throne of Brazil and returns to Portugal to expel King Miguel from Portuguese throne.

1832-34 Civil war between absolutist King Miguel and constitutionalist Pedro, who abandons throne of Brazil to restore his young daughter Maria to throne of Portugal; Miguel's armed forces defeated by those of Pedro. Miguel leaves for exile and constitution (1826 Charter) is restored.

1834-53 Constitutional monarchy consolidated under rule of Queen Maria II, who dies in 1853.

1851-71 Regeneration period of economic development and political stability; public works projects sponsored by Minister Fontes Pereira de Melo.

1871-90 Rotativism period of alternating party governments; achieves political stability and less military intervention in politics and government. Expansion of colonial territory in tropical Africa.

   January: Following territorial dispute in central Africa, Britain delivers "Ultimatum" to Portugal demanding withdrawal of Portugal's forces from what is now Malawi and Zimbabwe. Portugal's government, humiliated in accepting demand under threat of a diplomatic break, falls. Beginning of governmental and political instability; monarchist decline and republicanism's rise.

   Anglo-Portuguese treaties signed relating to delimitation of frontiers in colonial Africa.

1899 Treaty of Windsor; renewal of Anglo-Portuguese defense and friendship alliance.

1903 Triumphal visit of King Edward VII to Portugal.

1906 Politician João Franco supported by King Carlos I in dictatorship to restore order and reform.

1908 1 February: Murder in Lisbon of King Carlos I and his heir apparent, Prince Dom Luís, by Portuguese anarchists. Eighteen-year-old King Manuel II assumes throne.

1910 3-5 October: Following republican-led military insurrection in armed forces, monarchy falls and first Portuguese republic is proclaimed. Beginning of unstable, economically troubled, parliamentary republic form of government.

   May: Violent insurrection in Lisbon overturns government of General Pimenta de Castro; nearly a thousand casualties from several days of armed combat in capital.

   March: Following Portugal's honoring ally Britain's request to confiscate German shipping in Portuguese harbors, Germany declares war on Portugal; Portugal enters World War I on Allied side.

   Portugal organizes and dispatches Portuguese Expeditionary Corps to fight on the Western Front. 9 April: Portuguese forces mauled by German offensive in Battle of Lys. Food rationing and riots in Lisbon. Portuguese military operations in Mozambique against German expedition's invasion from German East Africa. 5 December: Authoritarian, presidentialist government under Major Sidónio Pais takes power in Lisbon, following a successful military coup.

1918 11 November: Armistice brings cessation of hostilities on Western Front in World War I. Portuguese expeditionary forces stationed in Angola, Mozambique, and Flanders begin return trip to Portugal. 14 December: President Sidónio Pais assassinated. Chaotic period of ephemeral civil war ensues.

1919-21 Excessively unstable political period, including January

1919 abortive effort of Portuguese monarchists to restore Braganza dynasty to power. Republican forces prevail, but level of public violence, economic distress, and deprivation remains high.

1921 October: Political violence attains peak with murder of former prime minister and other prominent political figures in Lisbon. Sectors of armed forces and Guarda Nacional Republicana are mutinous. Year of financial and corruption scandals, including Portuguese bank note (fraud) case; military court acquits guilty military insurrectionists, and one military judge declares "the country is sick."

   28 May: Republic overthrown by military coup or pronunciamento and conspiracy among officer corps. Parliament's doors locked and parliament closed for nearly nine years to January 1935. End of parliamentary republic, Western Europe's most unstable political system in this century, beginning of the Portuguese dictatorship, after 1930 known as the Estado Novo. Officer corps assumes reins of government, initiates military censorship of the press, and suppresses opposition.

   February: Military dictatorship under General Óscar Carmona crushes failed republican armed insurrection in Oporto and Lisbon.

   April: Military dictatorship names Professor Antônio de Oliveira Salazar minister of finance, with dictatorial powers over budget, to stabilize finances and rebuild economy. Insurrectionism among military elements continues into 1931.

1930 Dr. Salazar named minister for colonies and announces balanced budgets. Salazar consolidates support by various means, including creation of official regime "movement," the National Union. Salazar engineers Colonial Act to ensure Lisbon's control of bankrupt African colonies by means of new fiscal controls and centralization of authority. July: Military dictatorship names Salazar prime minister for first time, and cabinet composition undergoes civilianization; academic colleagues and protégés plan conservative reform and rejuvenation of society, polity, and economy. Regime comes to be called the Estado Novo (New State). New State's constitution ratified by new parliament, the National Assembly; Portugal described in document as "unitary, corporative Republic" and governance influenced by Salazar's stern personality and doctrines such as integralism, Catholicism, and fiscal conservatism.

1936 Violent instability and ensuing civil war in neighboring Spain, soon internationalized by fascist and communist intervention, shake Estado Novo regime. Pseudofascist period of regime features creation of imitation Fascist institutions to defend regime from leftist threats; Portugal institutes "Portuguese Youth" and "Portuguese Legion."

1939 3 September: Prime Minister Salazar declares Portugal's neutrality in World War II. October: Anglo-Portuguese agreement grants naval and air base facilities to Britain and later to United States for Battle of the Atlantic and Normandy invasion support. Third Reich protests breach of Portugal's neutrality.

   6 June: On day of Allies' Normandy invasion, Portugal suspends mining and export of wolfram ore to both sides in war.

   8 May: Popular celebrations of Allied victory and Fascist defeat in Lisbon and Oporto coincide with Victory in Europe Day. Following managed elections for Estado Novo's National Assembly in November, regime police, renamed PIDE, with increased powers, represses opposition.

1947 Abortive military coup in central Portugal easily crushed by regime. Independence of India and initiation of Indian protests against Portuguese colonial rule in Goa and other enclaves.

1949 Portugal becomes founding member of NATO.

1951 Portugal alters constitution and renames overseas colonies "Overseas Provinces." Portugal and United States sign military base agreements for use of air and naval facilities in Azores Islands and military aid to Lisbon. President Carmona dies in office, succeeded by General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58). July: Indians occupy enclave of Portuguese India (dependency of Damão) by means of passive resistance movement. August: Indian passive resistance movement in Portuguese India repelled by Portuguese forces with loss of life. December: With U.S. backing, Portugal admitted as member of United Nations (along with Spain). Air force general Humberto Delgado, in opposition, challenges Estado Novo's hand-picked successor to Craveiro Lopes, Admiral Américo Tomás. Delgado rallies coalition of democratic, liberal, and communist opposition but loses rigged election and later flees to exile in Brazil. Portugal joins European Free Trade Association (EFTA).

   January and February: Estado Novo rocked by armed African insurrection in northern Angola, crushed by armed forces. Hijacking of Portuguese ocean liner by ally of Delgado, Captain Henrique Galvão. April: Salazar defeats attempted military coup and reshuffles cabinet with group of younger figures who seek to reform colonial rule and strengthen the regime's image abroad. 18 December: Indian army rapidly defeats Portugal's defense force in Goa, Damão, and Diu and incorporates Portugal's Indian possessions into Indian Union. January: Abortive military coup in Beja, Portugal.

1965 February: General Delgado and his Brazilian secretary murdered and secretly buried near Spanish frontier by political police, PIDE.

1968 August and September: Prime Minister Salazar, aged 79, suffers crippling stoke. President Tomás names former cabinet officer Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor. Caetano institutes modest reforms in Portugal and overseas.

1971 Caetano government ratifies amended constitution that allows slight devolution and autonomy to overseas provinces in Africa and Asia. Right-wing loyalists oppose reforms in Portugal. 25 April: Military coup engineered by Armed Forces Movement overthrows Estado Novo and establishes provisional government emphasizing democratization, development, and decolonization. Limited resistance by loyalists. President Tomás and Premier Caetano flown to exile first in Madeira and then in Brazil. General Spínola appointed president. September: Revolution moves to left, as President Spínola, thwarted in his program, resigns.

   March: Military coup by conservative forces fails, and leftist response includes nationalization of major portion of economy. Polarization between forces and parties of left and right. 25 November: Military coup by moderate military elements thwarts leftist forces. Constituent Assembly prepares constitution. Revolution moves from left to center and then right.

   March: Constitution ratified by Assembly of the Republic. 25 April: Second general legislative election gives largest share of seats to Socialist Party (PS). Former oppositionist lawyer, Mário Soares, elected deputy and named prime minister.

1977-85 Political pendulum of democratic Portugal moves from center-left to center-right, as Social Democratic Party (PSD) increases hold on assembly and take office under Prime Minister Cavaco Silva. July

1985 elections give edge to PSD who advocate strong free-enterprise measures and revision of leftist-generated 1976 Constitution, amended modestly in 1982.

1986 January: Portugal joins European Economic Community (EEC).

1987 July: General, legislative elections for assembly give more than 50 percent to PSD led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva. For first time, since 1974, Portugal has a working majority government.

1989 June: Following revisions of 1976 Constitution, reprivatization of economy begins, under PS government.

   January: Presidential elections, Mário Soares reelected for second term. July: General, legislative elections for assembly result in new PSD victory and majority government.

   January-July: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the European Economic Community (EEC). December: Tariff barriers fall as fully integrated Common Market established in the EEC.

   November: Treaty of Maastricht comes into force. The EEC officially becomes the European Union (EU). Portugal is signatory with 11 other member-nations.

   October: General, legislative elections for assembly result in PS victory and naming of Prime Minister Guterres. PS replace PSD as leading political party. November: Excavations for Lisbon bank uncover ancient Phoenician, Roman, and Christian ruins.

   January: General, presidential elections; socialist Jorge Sampaio defeats PSD's Cavaco Silva and assumes presidency from Dr. Mário Soares. July: Community of Portuguese Languages Countries (CPLP) cofounded by Portugal and Brazil.

   May-September: Expo '98 held in Lisbon. Opening of Vasco da Gama Bridge across Tagus River, Europe's longest (17 kilometers/ 11 miles). June: National referendum on abortion law change defeated after low voter turnout. November: National referendum on regionaliza-tion and devolution of power defeated after another low voter turnout.

   October: General, legislative elections: PS victory over PSD lacks clear majority in parliament. Following East Timor referendum, which votes for independence and withdrawal of Indonesia, outburst of popular outrage in streets, media, and communications of Portugal approves armed intervention and administration of United Nations (and withdrawal of Indonesia) in East Timor. Portugal and Indonesia restore diplomatic relations. December: A Special Territory since 1975, Colony of Macau transferred to sovereignty of People's Republic of China.

   January-June: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the EU; end of Discoveries Historical Commemoration Cycle (1988-2000).

   United Nations forces continue to occupy and administer former colony of East Timor, with Portugal's approval.

   January: General, presidential elections; PS president Sampaio reelected for second term. City of Oporto, "European City of Culture" for the year, hosts arts festival. December: Municipal elections: PSD defeats PS; socialist prime minister Guterres resigns; President Sampaio calls March parliamentary elections.

   1 January: Portugal enters single European Currency system. Euro currency adopted and ceases use of former national currency, the escudo. March: Parliamentary elections; PSD defeats PS and José Durão Barroso becomes prime minister. Military modernization law passed. Portugal holds chairmanship of Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe (OSCE).

   May: Municipal law passed permitting municipalities to reorganize in new ways.

   June: Prime Minister Durão Barroso, invited to succeed Romano Prodi as president of EU Commission, resigns. Pedro Santana Lopes becomes prime minister. European Parliament elections held. Conscription for national service in army and navy ended. Mass grave uncovered at Academy of Sciences Museum, Lisbon, revealing remains of several thousand victims of Lisbon earthquake, 1755.

   February: Parliamentary elections; PS defeats PSD, socialists win first absolute majority in parliament since 1975. José Sócrates becomes prime minister.

   January: Presidential elections; PSD candidate Aníbal Cavaco Silva elected and assumes presidency from Jorge Sampaio. Portugal's national soccer team ranked 7th out of 205 countries by international soccer association. European Union's Bologna Process in educational reform initiated in Portugal.

   July-December: Portugal holds presidency of the Council of the European Union. For reasons of economy, Portugal announces closure of many consulates, especially in France and the eastern US. Government begins official inspections of private institutions of higher education, following scandals.

2008 January: Prime Minister Sócrates announces location of new Lisbon area airport as Alcochete, on south bank of Tagus River, site of air force shooting range. February: Portuguese Army begins to receive new modern battle tanks (Leopard 2 A6). March: Mass protest of 85,000 public school (primary and secondary levels) teachers in Lisbon schools dispute recent educational policies of minister of education and prime minister.

Historical dictionary of Portugal > Chronology
12 end

I 1. [end]
nome

1) (final part) fine f.

"The End" — (of film, book) "Fine"

at the end of — alla fine di [month, story]

by the end of — entro la fine di [year, journey]

to put an end to sth. to bring sth. to an end mettere o porre fine a qcs.; to get to the end of arrivare alla fine di [story, work]; to come to an end finire, terminare; in the end at the end of the day tutto sommato; in the end I went home alla fine sono andato a casa; it's the end of the line o road for the project il progetto è alla fine; for days on end per giorni e giorni; there is no end to his talent il suo talento non ha limiti; no end of trouble colloq. un sacco di fastidi; that really is the end! colloq. è veramente troppo! you really are the end! — colloq. sei proprio il colmo!

2) (extremity) fine f., estremità f.

at o on the end of in fondo a [bed, road]; sulla punta di [ nose]; from end to end da cima a fondo; to lay sth. end to end mettere qcs. testa a testa; the lower end of the street il fondo della strada; the third from the end il terzo a partire dal fondo; to stand sth. on (its) end — mettere qcs. diritto o in posizione verticale

3) (side of conversation, transaction)

things are fine at my o this end per quanto mi riguarda va tutto bene; to keep one's end of the bargain fare la propria parte nell'accordo; there was silence at the other end — dall'altro capo nessuno parlava

4) (of scale) estremità f.

at the lower end of the scale — al fondo della scala

this suit is from the cheaper o bottom end of the range — questo abito è tra i meno cari della serie

5) (aim) fine m., scopo m.

to this o that end a questo scopo; a means to an end — un mezzo per arrivare a uno scopo

6) sport

to change ends — cambiare campo

7) (scrap) (of string) pezzo m.; (of loaf, joint of meat) avanzo m.

candle end — mozzicone di candela

8) (death) fine f.

to meet one's end — trovare la morte

to come to a bad end — fare una brutta fine
2.
modificatore [house, seat] in fondo; [ carriage] di coda

••

to keep one's end up — = mantenere fede ai propri impegni
II 1. [end]
verbo transitivo porre fine a [war, marriage]; concludere, terminare [match, meeting] (

with, by doing — con, facendo)

he ended his days in hospital — finì i suoi giorni in ospedale

they ended the day in a disco — conclusero la giornata in discoteca

to end it all — (commit suicide) farla finita
2.
verbo intransitivo [day, war, line] finire, terminare; [contract, agreement] terminare, cessare

to end in — concludersi con [failure, divorce]; finire in [ tragedy]

where will it all end? — come andrà a finire?

- end up

••

all's well that ends well — tutto è bene quel che finisce bene

* * *
[end] 1. noun
1) (the last or farthest part of the length of something: the house at the end of the road; both ends of the room; Put the tables end to end (= with the end of one touching the end of another); ( also adjective) We live in the end house.) fine, estremità; ultimo

2) (the finish or conclusion: the end of the week; The talks have come to an end; The affair is at an end; He is at the end of his strength; They fought bravely to the end; If she wins the prize we'll never hear the end of it (= she will often talk about it).) fine

3) (death: The soldiers met their end bravely.) fine, morte

4) (an aim: What end have you in view?) fine, scopo

5) (a small piece left over: cigarette ends.) mozzicone
2. verb
(to bring or come to an end: The scheme ended in disaster; How does the play end?; How should I end (off) this letter?) finire

- ending
- endless
- at a loose end
- end up
- in the end
- make both ends meet
- make ends meet
- no end of
- no end
- on end
- put an end to
- the end
* * *
I 1. [end]
nome

1) (final part) fine f.

"The End" — (of film, book) "Fine"

at the end of — alla fine di [month, story]

by the end of — entro la fine di [year, journey]

to put an end to sth. to bring sth. to an end mettere o porre fine a qcs.; to get to the end of arrivare alla fine di [story, work]; to come to an end finire, terminare; in the end at the end of the day tutto sommato; in the end I went home alla fine sono andato a casa; it's the end of the line o road for the project il progetto è alla fine; for days on end per giorni e giorni; there is no end to his talent il suo talento non ha limiti; no end of trouble colloq. un sacco di fastidi; that really is the end! colloq. è veramente troppo! you really are the end! — colloq. sei proprio il colmo!

2) (extremity) fine f., estremità f.

at o on the end of in fondo a [bed, road]; sulla punta di [ nose]; from end to end da cima a fondo; to lay sth. end to end mettere qcs. testa a testa; the lower end of the street il fondo della strada; the third from the end il terzo a partire dal fondo; to stand sth. on (its) end — mettere qcs. diritto o in posizione verticale

3) (side of conversation, transaction)

things are fine at my o this end per quanto mi riguarda va tutto bene; to keep one's end of the bargain fare la propria parte nell'accordo; there was silence at the other end — dall'altro capo nessuno parlava

4) (of scale) estremità f.

at the lower end of the scale — al fondo della scala

this suit is from the cheaper o bottom end of the range — questo abito è tra i meno cari della serie

5) (aim) fine m., scopo m.

to this o that end a questo scopo; a means to an end — un mezzo per arrivare a uno scopo

6) sport

to change ends — cambiare campo

7) (scrap) (of string) pezzo m.; (of loaf, joint of meat) avanzo m.

candle end — mozzicone di candela

8) (death) fine f.

to meet one's end — trovare la morte

to come to a bad end — fare una brutta fine
2.
modificatore [house, seat] in fondo; [ carriage] di coda

••

to keep one's end up — = mantenere fede ai propri impegni
II 1. [end]
verbo transitivo porre fine a [war, marriage]; concludere, terminare [match, meeting] (

with, by doing — con, facendo)

he ended his days in hospital — finì i suoi giorni in ospedale

they ended the day in a disco — conclusero la giornata in discoteca

to end it all — (commit suicide) farla finita
2.
verbo intransitivo [day, war, line] finire, terminare; [contract, agreement] terminare, cessare

to end in — concludersi con [failure, divorce]; finire in [ tragedy]

where will it all end? — come andrà a finire?

- end up

••

all's well that ends well — tutto è bene quel che finisce bene

English-Italian dictionary > end
13 end

[end] 1. сущ.
1) конец, край

Put the platter at the end of the table. — Поставь блюдо на край стола.

The school is at the south end of town. — Школа расположена на южной окраине города.

world's end — край света

- end on

Syn:

extremity, terminus, edge, limit, boundary, border

2) конец, окончание

at the end of this month — в конце этого месяца

to put an end to smth. / make an end of smth. — положить конец чему-л., уничтожить что-л.

We stayed at the concert to the very end. — Мы сидели на концерте до самого конца.

- in the end

Syn:

ending, termination, close, finish, finale, wind-up

3) конец, исчезновение; смерть, кончина

Another world war could mean the end of civilization. — Еще одна мировая война могла бы означать конец цивилизации.

He met an untimely end. — Его настигла безвременная кончина.

Syn:

extinction, extermination, destruction, annihilation, termination, ruin, death, demise

4) остаток, обрезок; обломок; отрывок; часть

This end of cloth is enough for a dress. — Этого отреза хватит на платье.

Syn:

remnant, leftover, fragment, scrap

5) цель

to that end — с этой целью, для этой цели

to gain / accomplish / achieve one's ends — достигать своей цели

He used unscrupulous means to achieve his end. — Он использовал любые средства для достижения своей цели.

The end justifies the means. — Цель оправдывает средства.

- ends and means

Syn:

aim, goal, purpose, object, objective, result, intention, design

6) результат, итог, развязка, следствие

What will be the end of their constant feuding? — Какова же будет развязка их непрерывной вражды?

happy end — благополучная развязка, счастливый конец

Syn:

outcome, upshot, result, consequence, effect, issue, settlement, fulfillment

7) ( the end) амер.; разг. самое лучшее, вершина, совершенство ( часто в джазе)

Man, he's the end! (J. Kerouac, On The Road) — Чувак, он - просто блеск!

A term of high approbation in the swing era was "out of this world", in the bop era it was "gone", and today it is "the greatest" or "the end". — Термином, выражающим высшую степень похвалы, во времена свинга был "out of this world", в эпоху бопа - "gone", а в наше время - "the greatest" или "the end".

8) спорт.

а) половина поля, половина площадки ( занимаемая одним игроком)

to change ends — меняться сторонами, полями

change of ends — обмен полями

to choose ends — выбирать сторону, поле

choice of ends — выбор стороны

б) крайний игрок, крыло ( в футболе)

9) амер.

а) часть, доля

Syn:

share, portion

б) аспект, сторона

To talk to such a person about the editorial end of a publishing business means little or nothing. — Говорить с таким человеком о редакторском аспекте издательского дела означает пустую болтовню.

Syn:

side

10) днище

11) стр. ( ends) дилены, эндсы

••

any means to an end — все средства хороши

to be on the end of a line — попасться на удочку

to be on the receiving end — быть получателем

to make both / two ends meet — сводить концы с концами

to begin at the wrong end — начать не с того конца

to keep one's end up — сделать всё от себя зависящее; не сдаваться

- end of the road
- no end
- no end of smth.

- on end
- end to end
- at the end of the day
- to the bitter end 2. гл.
1)

а) = end off / up кончать; заканчивать; завершать; прекращать

He ended his remarks by quoting Lincoln. — Он закончил свои комментарии цитатой из Линкольна.

The chairman ended the meeting at ten o'clock. — Председатель завершил собрание в 10 часов.

The chairman ended off his speech with a reminder of the main points. — Председатель закончил свой доклад повторением основных его положений.

Be careful, you could end up by getting hurt. — Будь осторожнее, можешь пораниться.

In spite of the people's opinions, she ended up the winner. — Несмотря на всеобщее мнение, она вышла победительницей.

The general began his army life as a private soldier and ended up as ruler of his country. — Генерал начал свою службу рядовым, а закончил правителем страны.

б) кончаться, завершаться

to end in disaster — окончиться катастрофой

The story ends with the hero's death. — Рассказ кончается смертью героя.

The book ends on page 364. — Книга заканчивается 364 страницей.

•

Syn:

terminate, finish, stop

2) прекращать

to end one's life — покончить с собой

3) уничтожать, разрушать

The Spanish Conquistadors ended the Aztec civilization. — Испанские конкистадоры уничтожили цивилизацию ацтеков.

Syn:

destroy, eradicate, kill, annihilate, exterminate

Англо-русский современный словарь > end
14 end

end
1. noun
1) (the last or farthest part of the length of something: the house at the end of the road; both ends of the room; Put the tables end to end (= with the end of one touching the end of another); (also adjective) We live in the end house.) final, extremo, cabo

2) (the finish or conclusion: the end of the week; The talks have come to an end; The affair is at an end; He is at the end of his strength; They fought bravely to the end; If she wins the prize we'll never hear the end of it (= she will often talk about it).) fin, final, conclusión

3) (death: The soldiers met their end bravely.) muerte

4) (an aim: What end have you in view?) objetivo, finalidad

5) (a small piece left over: cigarette ends.) resto

2. verb
(to bring or come to an end: The scheme ended in disaster; How does the play end?; How should I end (off) this letter?) terminar

- ending
- endless
- at a loose end
- end up
- in the end
- make both ends meet
- make ends meet
- no end of
- no end
- on end
- put an end to
- the end

end¹ n final / fin

turn right at the end of this street al final de esta calle, gira a la derecha

I missed the end of the film me perdí el final de la película

at the end of August a finales de agosto

the end of the world el fin del mundo

in the end al final

in the end he married the princess al final se casó con la princesa

end² vb terminar / acabar

the party ended at midnight la fiesta terminó a medianoche

how does the film end? ¿cómo acaba la película?

end

tr[end]

noun

1 (extremity - of rope) cabo; (- of street, room, queue) final nombre masculino; (- of table, sofa, bed, line) extremo; (- of stick, tail, hair) punta; (- of box) lado

■ we sat at opposite ends of the table estábamos sentados en los extremos opuestos de la mesa

■ let's meet at the end of the road quedamos al final de la calle

2 (final part, finish) fin nombre masculino, final nombre masculino, conclusión nombre femenino

■ have you got enough money to last until the end of the month? ¿tienes suficiente dinero para llegar hasta final del mes?

■ what did you think of the end of the film? ¿qué te pareció el final de la película?

3 (aim) objeto, objetivo, fin nombre masculino

■ for political ends para fines políticos

4 (remnant) resto, cabo; (of cigarette) colilla

5 euphemistic use muerte nombre femenino

6 (on telephone) lado (de la línea)

7 (half of sports pitch) lado

adjective

1 final, último,-a

■ they live in the end house viven en la última casa

transitive verb

1 (conclude) acabar, terminar

2 (stop) terminar, poner fin a, acabar con

■ they decided to end the strike decidieron terminar la huelga

intransitive verb

1 acabar, terminar

■ when does term end? ¿cuándo acaba el trimestre?

■ our journey ends here nuestro viaje acaba aquí

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

(not) to be the end of the world (no) ser el fin del mundo

at the end of al final de

at the end of one's tether hasta la coronilla

at the end of the day al fin y al cabo, al final

end on de frente

end to end juntando los dos extremos

in the end al fin

no end muchísimo

■ it annoys me no end me molesta muchísimo

no end of la mar de, la tira de, cantidad de

■ no end of problems cantidad de problemas

on end (upright) sobre el extremo 2 (continuously) enteros,-as

■ for hours on end durante horas y horas

till the end of time para siempre más

to be an end in itself ser un fin en sí mismo

to be at a loose end no tener nada que hacer

to be at an end estar acabado,-a

to be the end ser el colmo

to come/draw to an end acabarse

to end it all suicidarse

to go to the ends of the earth ir hasta el fin del mundo, ir hasta los confines de la tierra

to keep one's end up seguir animado,-a

to make ends meet llegar a final de mes

to put an end to something poner fin a algo, acabar con algo

end product producto final

loose ends cabos nombre masculino plural sueltos

end ['ɛnd] vt

1) stop: terminar, poner fin a

2) conclude: concluir, terminar

end vi

: terminar(se), acabar, concluir(se)

end n

1) extremity: extremo m, final m, punta f

2) conclusion: fin m, final m

3) aim: fin m

end

adj.

• final adj.

n.

• acabamiento s.m.

• cabo s.m.

• cola s.f.

• extremo s.m.

• fin s.m.

• final s.m.

• finalidad s.f.

• límite s.m.

• objeto s.m.

• término s.m.

v.

• acabar v.

• cesar v.

• clausurar v.

• concluir v.

• terminar v.

• ultimar v.

end
I

noun

1)

a) (extremity - of rope, stick) extremo m, punta f; (- of nose) punta f; (- of street) final m

at the other/far end of the garden — al otro extremo/al fondo del jardín

from one end of the country to the other — de punta a punta or de un extremo a otro del país

the top end of the range — lo mejor de la gama

to stand something on (its) end — poner* algo vertical, parar algo (AmL)

for weeks on end — durante semanas y semanas, durante semanas enteras

it measured five feet (from) end to end — medía cinco pies de un lado al otro or de punta a punta

not to know/be able to tell one end of something from the other — no tener* ni idea de algo (fam)

to be at the end of one's rope o (BrE) tether: I'm at the end of my rope ya no puedo más or ya no aguanto más; to go off at the deep end (colloq) ponerse* como una fiera; to make ends meet — llegar* a fin de mes; see also deep end

b) (part, side) (colloq) parte f (fam)

are there any problems at your end? — ¿hay algún problema por tu lado?

c) ( remaining part) final m, resto m

2)

a) (finish, close) fin m, final m

the end — fin

at the end of the month — a fin de mes

she read it to the very end — lo leyó hasta el fin or final

just give him the money and let that be an end of o to it — dale el dinero y que no se hable más

that was the end of the story — ahí (se) acabó or terminó la historia

we'll never hear the end of this — nunca nos va a dejar olvidar esto

in the end — al final

to put an end to something — poner* fin or poner* punto final a algo

at the end of the day — ( finally) al fin y al cabo, a fin de cuentas; ( lit) al acabar or terminar el día

b) (death, destruction) final m, fin m

they met a violent end — tuvieron un final or fin violento

to come to a sticky end — (BrE) acabar or terminar mal

c) ( outcome) final m

d)

no end — (BrE colloq)

there were no end of people there — había la mar or la tira de gente (fam)

we enjoyed ourselves no end — nos divertimos a más no poder (fam)

3) ( purpose) fin m

an end in itself — un fin en sí mismo

to use something for one's own ends — usar algo para sus (or mis etc) propios fines

to this end — (frml) con or a este fin (frml)

II
1.

transitive verb

a) ( stop) \<\<argument/discussion/fight\>\> terminar, dar* or poner* fin a; \<\<gossip/speculation\>\> acabar or terminar con

b) ( conclude) terminar, concluir* (frml)

2.

vi acabar, terminar

it will all end in tears — va a acabar or terminar mal

a word ending in `x' — una palabra que termina en `x'

Phrasal Verbs:

- end up

[end]
1. N

1) [of street] final m ; [of line, table] extremo m ; [of rope, stick] punta f ; [of estate] límite m ; (Sport) lado m ; [of town] parte f, zona f

• at the end of — [+ street, corridor] al final de; [+ rope, cable] en la punta de

• to change ends — (Sport) cambiar de lado

• the ends of the earth — (fig) el ultimo rincón del mundo

to go to the ends of the earth — ir hasta el fin del mundo

• from one end to the other — de un extremo a otro

• the end of the line — (fig) el término, el acabóse

• to stand sth on end — poner algo de punta

his hair stood on end — se le puso el pelo de punta

• the end of the road — (fig) el término, el acabóse

• from end to end — de punta a punta

to place end to end — poner uno tras otro

• to read a book to the very end — leer un libro hasta el mismo final

• to start at the wrong end — empezar por el fin

- keep one's end up

- tie up the loose ends

- make ends meet

- get hold of the wrong end of the stick

- be at the end of one's tether
deep 1., 1), shallow 1., 1)
2) [of time, process, journey, resources] fin m, final m ; [of story] fin m, conclusión f

the end of the empire — el fin del imperio

at the end of three months — al cabo de tres meses

at the end of the century — a fines del siglo

towards the end of — [+ book, film] hacia el final de; [+ century] hacia fines de; [+ month] hacia fin de

that was the end of him — así terminó él

that's the end of the matter — asunto concluido

that was the end of that! — ¡y se acabó!

that was the end of our car * — así se acabó el coche

we'll never hear the end of it * — esto va a ser cuento de nunca acabar

there's no end to it * — esto no se acaba nunca

we see no end to it — no entrevemos posibilidad alguna de que termine

• to be at an end — [meeting, interview] haber concluido

to be at the end of — [+ strength, patience] estar al límite de

we're at the end of our supplies — se nos están agotando las provisiones

we are almost at the end of our holidays — se nos están acabando las vacaciones

to be at the end of one's resources — haber agotado los recursos

• to come to a bad end — acabar mal

• to the bitter end — hasta el último suspiro

• to bring to an end — [+ work, speech, relationship] dar por terminado

• to come to an end — llegar a su fin, terminarse

• to draw to an end — llegar a su fin, terminarse

• I am getting to the end of my patience — estoy llegando al límite de mi paciencia

• in the end — al fin

• to make an end of — acabar con, poner fin a

• I enjoyed it no end * — me gustó muchísimo

to think no end of sb — tener un muy alto concepto de algn

no end of * — la mar de *

it caused no end of trouble — causó la mar de problemas

no end of an expert — sumamente experto, más experto que nadie

• three days on end — tres días seguidos

for days on end — día tras día, durante una infinidad de días

for hours on end — hora tras hora

• to put an end to — [+ argument, relationship, sb's tricks] poner fin a, acabar con

• that's the end! * — ¡eso es el colmo!

he's the end! * — ¡es el colmo!

that movie is the end! — (US) * esa película es el no va más

• without end — interminable

• the end of the world — el fin del mundo

it's not the end of the world * — el mundo no se va a acabar por eso

- at the end of the day

3) (=death) liter or hum muerte f

to meet one's end — encontrar la muerte

4) (=remnant) [of loaf, candle, meat] resto m, cabo m

the end of a roll — [of cloth, carpet] el retal de un rollo
cigarette 2.
5) (=aim) fin m, propósito m

an end in itself — un fin en sí

the end justifies the means — el fin justifica los medios

• to achieve one's end — alcanzar su objetivo

• to no end — en vano

to the end that... — a fin de que + subjun

to this end, with this end in view — con este propósito

• with what end? — ¿para qué?

2.

VT [+ argument] terminar, poner fin a; [+ book] concluir; [+ speech] concluir, terminar; [+ relationship] terminar; [+ abuse, speculation] acabar con

• that was the meal to end all meals! * — ¡eso fue el no va más en comidas!

• to end one's days — vivir sus últimos días

• to end it all * — suicidarse

• to end one's life — suicidarse

3.

VI [lesson, work, war, meeting] terminar, acabar, concluir more frm ; [road] terminar(se); [period of time, programme, film, story] terminar

• to end by saying — terminar diciendo

• to end in — terminar en

• to end with — terminar con

4.

CPD

end date N — [of contract] fecha f de terminación

end game N — (Chess) fase f final

the end house N — la última casa

end line N — (Basketball) línea f de fondo

end note N — nota f final

end product N — (Ind) producto m final; (fig) consecuencia f

end result N — resultado m

end table N — (US) mesita f (para poner revistas, bebidas)

end user N — usuario(-a) m / f final

end value N — valor m final

end zone N — (American Ftbl) zona f de marca

- end off

- end up

* * *
[end]
I

noun

1)

a) (extremity - of rope, stick) extremo m, punta f; (- of nose) punta f; (- of street) final m

at the other/far end of the garden — al otro extremo/al fondo del jardín

from one end of the country to the other — de punta a punta or de un extremo a otro del país

the top end of the range — lo mejor de la gama

to stand something on (its) end — poner* algo vertical, parar algo (AmL)

for weeks on end — durante semanas y semanas, durante semanas enteras

it measured five feet (from) end to end — medía cinco pies de un lado al otro or de punta a punta

not to know/be able to tell one end of something from the other — no tener* ni idea de algo (fam)

to be at the end of one's rope o (BrE) tether: I'm at the end of my rope ya no puedo más or ya no aguanto más; to go off at the deep end (colloq) ponerse* como una fiera; to make ends meet — llegar* a fin de mes; see also deep end

b) (part, side) (colloq) parte f (fam)

are there any problems at your end? — ¿hay algún problema por tu lado?

c) ( remaining part) final m, resto m

2)

a) (finish, close) fin m, final m

the end — fin

at the end of the month — a fin de mes

she read it to the very end — lo leyó hasta el fin or final

just give him the money and let that be an end of o to it — dale el dinero y que no se hable más

that was the end of the story — ahí (se) acabó or terminó la historia

we'll never hear the end of this — nunca nos va a dejar olvidar esto

in the end — al final

to put an end to something — poner* fin or poner* punto final a algo

at the end of the day — ( finally) al fin y al cabo, a fin de cuentas; ( lit) al acabar or terminar el día

b) (death, destruction) final m, fin m

they met a violent end — tuvieron un final or fin violento

to come to a sticky end — (BrE) acabar or terminar mal

c) ( outcome) final m

d)

no end — (BrE colloq)

there were no end of people there — había la mar or la tira de gente (fam)

we enjoyed ourselves no end — nos divertimos a más no poder (fam)

3) ( purpose) fin m

an end in itself — un fin en sí mismo

to use something for one's own ends — usar algo para sus (or mis etc) propios fines

to this end — (frml) con or a este fin (frml)

II
1.

transitive verb

a) ( stop) \<\<argument/discussion/fight\>\> terminar, dar* or poner* fin a; \<\<gossip/speculation\>\> acabar or terminar con

b) ( conclude) terminar, concluir* (frml)

2.

vi acabar, terminar

it will all end in tears — va a acabar or terminar mal

a word ending in `x' — una palabra que termina en `x'

Phrasal Verbs:

- end up

English-spanish dictionary > end
15 सु _su

1
सु I. 1 U. (सुवति-ते) To go, move. -II. 1, 2 P. (सवति, सौति) To possess power or supremacy. -III. 5. U. (सुनोति, सुनुते; सुत; the स् of सु is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ)

1 To press out or extract juice.

-2 To distil.

-3 To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation.

-4 To perform a sacrifice especially the Soma (sacrifice).

-5 To bathe.

-6 To churn. -Desid. (सुषूषति-ते) -- With उद् to excite, agitate. -प्र to produce, beget.

2

सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:--

1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि.

-2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c.

-3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22.

-4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v.

-5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c.

-6 Worthy of respect or reverence.

-7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress.

-Comp. -अक्ष a.

1 having good eyes.

-2 having keen organs, acute.

-अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely.

-अच्छ a. see s. v.

-अन्त a. having happy end, ending well.

-अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v.

-अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v.

-आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful.

- आगत see s. v.

-आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172.

-आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22.

-इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41.

-उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (

-क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका).

(-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97.

-2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to some- thing else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f.

1 a hymn.

-2 praise, a word of praise.

-उक्तिः f.

1 a good or friendly speech.

-2 a good or clever saying.

-3 a correct sentence.

-उत्तर a.

1 very superior.

-2 well towards the north.

-उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (

-नम्) vigorous effort or exertion.

-उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic.

- उपसदन a. easy to be approached.

-उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments.

-कण्टका the aloe plant.

-कण्ठ a. sweet- voiced. (

-ण्ठी) the female cuckoo.

-कण्डुः itch.

-कन्दः 1 an onion.

-2 a yam.

-3 a sort of grass.

-कन्दकः onion.

-कर a. (

-रा or

-री f.)

1 easy to be done, practi- cable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'.

-2 easy to be managed. (

-रः) a good-natured horse. (

-रा) a tractable cow. (

-रम्) charity, benevolence.

-कर्मन् a.

1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good.

-2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman.

-कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,)

-कलिल a. well filled with.

-कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7.

-कल्पित a. well equip- ped or armed.

-कल्य a. perfectly sound.

-काण्डः the Kāravella plant.

-काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper.

-काण्डिन् a.

1 having beautiful stems.

-2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee.

-काष्ठम् fire-wood.

-कुन्दकः an onion.

-कुमार a.

1 very delicate or soft, smooth.

-2 beautifully young or youthful.

(-रः) 1 a beautiful youth.

-2 a kind of sugar-cane.

-3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक).

-4 a kind of mustard.

-5 the wild Cham- paka.

(-रा) 1 the double jasmine.

-2 the plantain.

-3 the great-flowered jasmine.

-कुमारकः 1 a beauti- ful youth.

-2 rice (शालि).

(-कम्) 1 the Tamāla- patra.

-2 a particutar part of the ear.

-कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine.

-कृत् a.

1 doing good, benevolent.

-2 pious, virtuous, righteous.

-3 wise, learned.

-4 for- tunate, lucky.

-5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.)

1 a skilful worker.

-2 N. of Tvaṣṭri.

-कृत a.

1 done well or properly.

-2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2.

-3 well made or constructed.

-4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended.

-5 virtuous, righteous, pious.

-6 lucky, fortunate.

(-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17.

-2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16.

-3 fortune, auspiciousness.

-4 recompense, reward.

-5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29.

-कृतिः f.

1 well-doing, a good act.

-2 kindness, virtue.

-3 practice of penance.

-4 auspiciousness.

-कृतिन् a.

1 acting well or kindly.

-2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16.

-3 wise, learned.

-4 benevolent.

-5 fortunate, lucky.

-कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45.

-केश(स)रः the citron tree.

-क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni.

-2 of Śiva.

-3 of Indra.

-4 of Mitra and Varuṇa.

-5 of the sun.

-6 of Soma.

-क्रयः a fair bargain.

-क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb.

-खल्लिका luxurious life.

-ग a.

1 going gracefully or well.

-2 graceful, elegant.

-3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148.

-4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (

-गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34.

(-गम्) 1 ordure, feces.

-2 happiness.

-गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well.

-गणकः a good calculator or astronomer.

-गत a.

1 well-gone or passed.

-2 well-bestowed. (

-तः) an epithet of Buddha.

-गतिः 1 Welfare, hap- piness.

-2 a secure refuge.

-गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume.

-2 sulphur.

-3 a trader.

(-न्धम्) 1 sandal.

-2 small cumin seed.

-3 a blue lotus.

-4 a kind of fragrant grass. (

-न्धा) sacred basil.

-गन्धकः 1 sulphur.

-2 the red Tulasee.

-3 the orange.

-4 a kind of gourd,

-गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B.

-गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva.

-गन्धि a.

1 sweet-smelling, fra- grant, redolent with perfumes.

-2 virtuous, pious.

(-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance.

-2 the Supreme Being.

-3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (

-न्धि n.)

1 the root of long pepper.

-2 a kind of fragrant grass.

-3 cori- ander seed. ˚त्रिफला

1 nutmeg.

-2 areca nut.

-3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat.

-गन्धिकः 1 incense.

-2 sulphur.

-3 a kind of rice. (

-कम्) the white lotus.

-गम a.

1 easy of access, accessible.

-2 easy.

-3 plain, intelligible.

-गरम् cinnabar.

-गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above.

-गात्री a beautiful woman.

-गृद्ध a. intensely longing for.

-गृह a. (

-ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39.

-गृहीत a.

1 held well or firmly, grasped.

-2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a.

1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhi- ṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1.

-ग्रासः a dainty mor- sel.

-ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck.

(-वः) 1 a hero.

-2 a swan.

-3 a kind of weapon.

-4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa.

-5 of Śiva.

-6 of Indra.

-7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8.

-ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued.

-घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (

-षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16.

-चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.)

1 discerning or wise man, learned man.

-2 The glomerous fig-tree.

-चरित, -चरित्र a.

1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116.

-2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (

-तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds.

-2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (

-ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife.

-चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree.

-चित्रकः 1 a king fisher.

-2 a kind of speckled snake.

-चित्रा a kind of gourd.

-चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration.

-चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long.

-चिरायुस् m. a god, deity.

-चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs.

-चेतस् a.

1 well-minded.

-2 wise.

-चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; well- disposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2.

-चेलकः a fine cloth.

-च्छद a. having beautiful leaves.

-छत्रः N. of Śiva. (

-त्रा) the river Sutlej.

-जन a.

1 good, virtuous, respectable.

-2 kind, benevolent.

(-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man.

-2 a gentleman.

-3 N. of Indra's charioteer.

-जनता 1 goodness, kind- ness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82.

-2 a number of good men.

-3 bravery.

-जन्मन् a.

1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34.

-2 legitimate, lawfully born.

-जलम् a lotus.

-जल्पः 1 a good speech.

-2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥

-जात a.

1 well-grown, tall.

-2 well made or produced.

-3 of high birth.

-4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8.

-5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31.

-डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्).

-तनु a.

1 having a beautiful body.

-2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin.

-3 emaciated. (

-नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24.

-तन्त्री a.

1 well-stringed.

-2 (hence) melodious.

-तपस् a.

1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3.

-2 having great heat. (-m.)

1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite.

-2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance.

-तप्त a.

1 greatly harassed, afflicted.

-2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239.

-तमाम् ind. most excellently, best.

-तराम् ind.

1 bet- ter, more excellently.

-2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24.

-3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3.

-4 consequently.

-तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco.

-तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा).

-तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regi- ons below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33.

-2 the foundation of a large building.

-तान a. melodious.

-तार a.

1 very bright.

-2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2.

-3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (

-रः) a kind of perfume. (

-रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence.

-तिक्तकः the coral tree.

-तीक्ष्ण a.

1 very sharp.

-2 very pungent.

-3 acutely painful.

(-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree.

-2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva.

-तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor.

-2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed.

-तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall.

(-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree.

-2 the culminating point of a planet.

-तुमुल a. very loud.

-तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (

-नः) a well-pointed arrow.

-तेजस् a.

1 very sharp.

-2 very bright, or splendid.

-3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun.

-दक्षिण a.

1 very sincere or upright.

-2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31.

-3 very skilful.

-4 very polite. (

-णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1.

-दण्डः a cane, ratan.

-दत् a. (

-ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37.

-दन्तः 1 a good tooth.

-2 an actor; a dancer. (

-न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter.

-दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः).

-दर्शन a. (

-ना or

-नी f.)

1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome.

-2 easily seen. (

-नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-3 of mount Meru.

-4 a vul- ture. (

-नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (

-नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa.

-दर्शना 1 a handsome wo- man.

-2 a woman.

-3 an order, a command.

-4 a kind of drug.

-दास् a. very bountiful.

-दान्तः a Buddhist.

-दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.)

1 a cloud.

-2 a moun- tain.

-3 the sea.

-4 N. of Indra's elephant.

-5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory.

-दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift.

-2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions.

-3 one who offers such a gift.

-दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day.

-2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense.

-दिह् a. well-polished, bright.

-दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (

-र्घा) a kind of cucumber.

-दुराधर्ष a.

1 very hard to get.

-2 quite intolerable.

-दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced.

-दुरासद a. unapproachable.

-दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested.

-दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind.

-दुर्मर्ष a. quite in- tolerable.

-दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare.

-दुश्चर a.

1 inaccessible.

-2 very painful.

-दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured.

-दुष्प्रभः a chameleon.

-दूर a. very distant or remote. (

-सुदूरम् means

1 to a great distance.

-2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12.

-सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance').

-दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact.

-दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman.

-देशिकः a good guide.

-धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.)

1 a good archer or bowman.

-2 Ananta, the great serpent.

-3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23.

-धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.)

1 the hall or palace of Indra.

-2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family.

-धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27.

-2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34.

-धात a. well cleaned.

-धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow).

-धित a. Ved.

1 perfect, secure.

-2 kind, good.

-3 happy, prosperous.

-4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon).

-धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (

-धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good under- standing, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः

1 a particu- lar kind of royal palace.

-2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (

-स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या

1 a woman.

-2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female com- panions.

-3 a sort of pigment.

-ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire.

-नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18.

-नन्दः a kind of royal palace.

-नन्दा 1 N. of a woman.

-2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B.

-3 yellow pigment; L. D. B.

-नयः 1 good conduct.

-2 good policy.

- नयन a. having beau- tiful eyes. (

-नः) a deer.

(-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes.

-2 a woman in general.

-नाभ a.

1 having a beautiful navel.

-2 having a good nave or cen- tre.

(-भः) 1 a mountain.

-2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (

-भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24.

-नालम् a red water-lily.

-निःष्ठित a. quite ready.

-निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (

-तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately.

-निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka.

-निरूहणम् a good purgative.

-निर्णिक्त a. well polished.

-निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva.

-निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू).

-निहित a. well-established.

-नीत a.

1 well-con- ducted, well-behaved.

-2 polite, civil.

(-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour.

-2 good policy or prodence.

-नीतिः f.

1 good conduct, good manners, propriety.

-2 good policy.

-3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v.

-नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, vir- tuous, good.

(-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa.

-2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11.

-3 Ved. a good leader.

-नील a. very black or blue. (

-लः) the pomegranate tree. (

-ला) common flax.

(-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem.

-नु n. water.

-नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes.

-पक्व a.

1 well-cooked.

-2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (

-क्वः) a sort of fra- grant mango.

-पठ a. legible.

-पत्नी a woman having a good husband.

-पत्र a.

1 having beautiful wings.

-2 well-feathered (an arrow).

-पथः 1 a good road.

-2 a good course.

-3 good conduct.

-पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road.

-पद्मा orris root.

-परीक्षित a. well-examined.

-पर्ण a. (

-र्णा or

-र्णी f.)

1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11.

-2 having good or beautiful leaves.

(-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun.

-2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine charac- ter.

-3 any supernatural bird.

-4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44.

-5 a cock.

-6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55.

-7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23.

-पर्णकः = सुपर्ण.

-पर्णा, -पर्णी f.

1 a number of lotuses.

-2 a pool abounding in lotuses.

-3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa.

-पर्यवदात a. very clean.

-पर्याप्त a.

1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76.

-2 well-fitted.

-पर्वन् a. well- jointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.)

1 a bam- boo.

-2 an arrow.

-3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76.

-4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight).

-5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass.

-पलायित a.

1 completely fled or run away.

-2 skilfully retreated.

-पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण).

-पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle.

-2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person.

-पाद् (

-पाद् or

-पदी f.) having good or handsome feet.

-पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष).

-2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu.

-पालि a. distinguished.

-पीतम् 1 a carrot.

-2 yellow sandal. (

-तः) the fifth Muhūrta.

-पुंसी a woman having a good husband.

-पुरम् a strong fortress.

-पुष्प a. (

-ष्पा or

-ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers.

(-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree.

-2 the Śirīṣa tree. (

-ष्पी) the plantain tree.

(-ष्पम्) 1 cloves.

-2 the menstrual excretion.

-पुष्पित a.

1 well blossomed, being in full flower.

-2 having the hair thrilling or bristling.

-पूर a.

1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25.

-2 well-filling. (

-रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर).

-पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree.

-पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34.

-प्रकाश a.

1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245.

-2 public, notorious.

-प्रतर्कः a sound judgment.

-प्रतिभा spirituous liquor.

-प्रतिष्ठ a.

1 standing well.

-2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous.

(-ष्ठा) 1 good position.

-2 good reputation, fame, celebrity.

-3 esta- blishment, erection.

-4 installation, consecration.

-प्रतिष्ठित a.

1 well-established.

-2 consecrated.

-3 ce- lebrated. (

-तः) the Udumbara tree.

-प्रतिष्णात a.

1 thoroughly purified.

-2 well-versed in.

-3 well-investi- gated, clearly ascertained or determined.

-प्रतीक a.

1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2.

-2 having a beau- tiful trunk.

(-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva.

-2 of Śiva.

-3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter.

-4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31.

-प्रपाणम् a good tank.

-प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (

-भा) one of the seven tongues of fire.

-प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6.

-2 the earliest dawn.

-प्रभावः omnipotence.

-प्रमाण a. large-sized.

-प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer.

-प्रयोगः 1 good management or ap- plication.

-2 close contact.

-3 dexterity.

-प्रलापः good speech, eloquence.

-प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera.

-प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (

-दः) N. of Śiva.

-प्रातम् a fine morning.

-प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (

-यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables.

(-या) 1 a charming woman.

-2 a beloved mistress.

-प्रौढा a marriageable girl.

-फल a.

1 very fruitful, very productive.

-2 very fertile.

(-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree.

-2 the jujube.

-3 the Karṇikāra tree.

-4 a kind of bean.

(-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd.

-2 the plan- tain tree.

-3 a variety of brown grape.

-4 colocynth.

-फेनः a cuttle-fish bone.

-बन्धः sesamum.

-बभ्रु a. dark-brown.

-बल a. very powerful.

(-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.

-2 N. of the father of Śakuni.

-बान्धवः N. of Śiva.

-बाल a. very childish.

-बाहु a.

1 handsome- armed.

-2 strong-armed. (

-हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29.

-बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69.

(-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.

-2 the poppy.

-बोध a.

1 easily apprehended or understood. (

-धः) good information or advice.

-ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.

-2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice.

-भग a.

1 very fortu- nate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured.

-2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9.

-3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3.

-4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5.

-5 illustrious.

(-गः) 1 borax.

-2 the Aśoka tree.

-3 the Champaka tree.

-4 red amarnath. (

-गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a.

1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96.

-2 vain, flattering oneself.

-भगा 1 a woman beloved by her hus- band, a favourite wife.

-2 an honoured mother.

-3 a kind of wild jasmine.

-4 turmeric.

-5 the Priyaṅgu creeper.

-6 the holy basil.

-7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9.

-8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals.

-9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favou- rite wife.

-भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree.

-भटः a great war- rior, champion, soldier.

-भट्टः a learned man.

-भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (

-द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (

-द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu.

-भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god.

-2 the Bilva tree.

-भाषित a.

1 spoken well or eloquent.

(-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2.

-2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ.

-3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्).

-भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging.

-2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c.

-भीरकः the Palāśa tree.

-भीरुकम् silver.

-भूतिः 1 well-being, wel- fare.

-2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa.

-भूतिकः the Bilva tree.

-भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of con- ception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354.

-भृत a.

1 well-paid.

-2 heavily laden.

-भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (

-भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.)

-मङ्गल a.

1 very auspicious.

-2 abounding in sacrifices.

-मति a. very wise. (

-तिः f.)

1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship.

-2 a favour of the gods.

-3 a gift, blessing.

-4 a prayer, hymn.

-5 a wish or desire.

-6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons.

-मदनः the mango tree.

-मदात्मजा a celestial damsel.

-मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words.

-मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted.

-मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman.

-मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful.

(-नः) 1 wheat.

-2 the thorn-apple. (

-ना) the great-flowered jasmine.

-मनस् a.

1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1.

-2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence

-सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.)

1 a god, divinity.

-2 a learned man.

-3 a student of the Vedas.

-4 wheat.

-5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.)

1 the great-flowered jasmine.

-2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg.

-मनस्क a. cheerful, happy.

-मन्तु a.

1 advising well.

-2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser.

-मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha.

-मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate.

-मर्दित a. much harassed.

-मर्षण a. easy to be borne.

-मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna.

-मुख a. (

-खा or

-खी f.)

1 having a beautiful face, lovely.

-2 pleasing.

-3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42.

-4 favour- able, kind.

-5 well-pointed (as an arrow).

-6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance.

(-खः) 1 a learned man.

-2 an epithet of Garuḍa.

-3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1.

-4 of Śiva.

(-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail.

-2 a kind of building.

(-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman.

-2 a mirror.

-मूलकम् a carrot.

-मृत a. stone-dead.

-मेखलः the Muñja grass.

-मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea.

-मेरुः 1 the sac- red mountain Meru, q. v.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-यन्त्रित a.

1 well-governed.

-2 self-controlled.

-यमाः a parti- cular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2.

-यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage.

-यामुनः 1 a palace.

-2 N. of Viṣṇu.

-युक्तः N. of Śiva.

-योगः 1 a favourable junc- ture.

-2 good opportunity.

-योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v.

-रक्त a.

1 well coloured.

-2 im- passioned.

-3 very lovely.

-4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33.

-रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk.

-2 a kind of mango tree.

-रङ्गः 1 good colour.

-2 the orange.

-3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense).

(-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders.

-2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker.

-रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant.

-रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree.

-रञ्जनः the betel nut tree.

-रत a.

1 much sported.

-2 playful.

-3 much enjoyed.

-4 compassionate, tender.

(-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment.

-2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली

1 a female messenger, a go-between.

-2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19.

-रतिः f. great enjoyment or satis- faction.

-रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury.

-2 sweet.

-3 elegant (as a composition). (

-सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (

-सा) N. of Durgā. (

-सा, -सम्) the sacred basil.

(-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh.

-2 fragrant grass.

-राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.)

1 a good king.

-2 a divinity.

-राजिका a small house-lizard.

-राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison.

-2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra.

-रूप a.

1 well-formed, handsome, love- ly; सुरूपा कन्या.

-2 wise, learned. (

-पः) an epithet of Śiva.

-रूहकः a horse resembling an ass.

-रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14.

-रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (

-भम्) tin.

-लक्षण a.

1 having auspicious or beautiful marks.

-2 fortunate.

(-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining.

-2 a good or auspicious mark.

-लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43.

-लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment.

-लभ a.

1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6.

-2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4.

-3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible.

-लिखित a. well registered.

-लुलित a.

1 moving playfully.

-2 greatly hurt, injured.

-लोचन a. fine-eyed. (

-नः) a deer.

(-ना) 1 a beauti- ful woman.

-2 N. of the wife of Indrajit.

-लोहकम् brass.

-लोहित a. very red. (

-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.

-वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth.

-2 correct utterance. (

-क्त्रः) N. of Śiva.

-वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent.

-वयस् f. a hermaphrodite.

-वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali.

-वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3.

-2 linseed.

-वर्चसः N. of Śiva.

-वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant.

-वर्ण see s. v.

-वर्तित 1 well rounded.

-2 well arranged.

-वर्तुलः a water-melon.

-वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season.

-2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense).

-वह a.

1 bearing well, patient.

-2 patient, enduring.

-3 easy to be borne-

(-हा) 1 a lute.

-2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1.

-वासः 1 N. of Śiva.

-2 a pleasant dwelling.

-3 an agreeable perfume or odo- ur.

-वासकः a water-melon.

-वासरा cress.

-वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house.

-2 a married woman whose husband is alive.

-विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (

-न्तः) a hero. (

-न्तम्) heroism.

-विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure.

-विचक्षण a. very clever, wise.

-विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman.

-विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments.

-2 a king.

-विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute.

-विदत् m. a king

-विदत्रम् 1 a household, family.

-2 wealth.

-3 grace, favour.

-विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apart- ments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (

-ल्लम्) the wo- men's apartments, harem.

-विदल्ला a married woman.

-विध a. of a good kind.

-विधम् ind. easily.

-विधिः a good rule, ordinance.

-विनीत a.

1 well trained, modest.

-2 well executed. (

-ता) a tractable cow.

-विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated.

-विभक्त a. well pro- portioned, symmetrical.

-विरूढ a.

1 fully grown up or developed.

-2 well ridden.

-विविक्त a.

1 solitary (as a wood).

-2 well decided (as a question).

-विहित a.

1 well-placed, well-deposited.

-2 well-furnished, well- supplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1.

-3 well done or performed.

-4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16.

-वी(बी)ज a. having good seed.

(-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.

-2 the poppy. (

-जम्) good seed.

-वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium.

-2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38.

-वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel.

-वीर्य a.

1 having great vigour.

-2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous.

(-र्यम्) 1 great heroism

-2 abundance of heroes.

-3 the fruit of the jujube. (

-र्या) wild cotton.

-वृक्तिः f.

1 a pure offering.

-2 a hymn of praise.

-वृत्त a.

1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77.

-2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (

-त्तम्) a good or virtuous conduct; भर्तुश्चिन्तानुवर्तित्वं सुवृत्तं चानुजीविनाम् Pt.1.69. (

-त्ता) a sort of grape.

-वेल a.

1 tranquil, still.

-2 humble, quiet. (

-लः) N. of the Trikūṭa mountain.

-व्रत a. strict in the observance of religious vows, strictly virtuous or religious. (

-तः) a religious student.

(-ता) 1 a virtuous wife.

-2 a tractable cow, one easily milked.

-शंस a. well spoken of, famous, glorious, commendable.

-शक a. capable of being easily done.

-शर्मन् (m., f.) a person desiring intercourse (Uṇ.4. 165].

-शल्यः the Khadira tree.

-शाकम् undried ginger.

-शारदः N. of Śiva.

-शासित a. kept under control, well-controlled.

-शिक्षित a. well-taught, trained, well- disciplined.

-शिखः fire.

(-खा) 1 a peacock's crest.

-2 a cock's comb.

-शीतम् yellow sandal-wood.

-शीम a. cold, frigid. (

-मः) coldness

-शील a. good-tempered, amiable.

(-ला) 1 N. of the wife of Yama.

-2 N. of one of the eight favourite wives of Kriṣṇa.

-शेव a. full of happiness; pleasant to be resorted; एष पन्था उरुगायः मुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13.11.

-शोण a. dark-red.

-श्रीका the gum olibanum tree.

-श्रुत a.

1 well heard.

-2 versed in the Vedas.

-3 gladly heard (also an ex- clamation at a श्राद्ध); पित्रे स्वदितमित्येव वाच्यं गोष्ठे तु सुश्रुतम् Ms.3.254. (

-तः) N. of the author of a system of medicine, whose work, together with that of Charaka, is regardad as the oldest medical authority, and held in great esteem in India even to this day.

-श्लिष्ट a.

1 well-arranged or united.

-2 well-fitted; Māl.1.

-श्लेषः close union or embrace.

-श्लोक्य a. very famous; तेजीयसामपि ह्येतन्न सुश्लोक्यं जगद्गुरो Bhāg.3.12.31.

-संवीत a.

1 well-girt; स ददर्श ततः श्रीमान् सुग्रीवं हेमपिङ्गलम् । सुसंवीतम्... Rām.4.16.15.

-2 well dressed.

-संवृतिः good concealment. a. well-concealed; परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi.16.23.

-संस्कृत a.

1 well cooked or prepared.

-2 kept in good order; सुसंस्कृतोपस्करया व्यये चामुक्तहस्तया Ms.5.15.

-संगृहीत a.

1 well controlled or governed; सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रो हि पार्थिवः सुखमेधते Ms.7.113.

-2 well received.

-3 well kept.

-4 well abridged.

-संध a. true to a promise.

-संनत a. well-directed (as an arrow).

-सत्या N. of the wife of Janaka.

-सदृश् a. agreeable to look at.

-समाहित a.

1 well arranged, beautifully adorned; very beautiful; ऋतुकालं प्रतीक्षन्ते नार्थिनः सुसमाहिते । संगमं त्वहमिच्छामि त्वया सह सुमध्यमे ॥ Rām.1.48.18.

-2 completely loaded; तद्यथानः सुसमा- हितमुत्सर्जद्यायात् Bṛi. Up.4.3.35.

-3 Very intent, attentive.

-समीहित a. much desired.

- सरण N. of Śiva.

-सह a.

1 easy to be borne.

-2 bearing or enduring well. (

-हः) an epithet of Śiva.

-सहाय a. having a good companion; प्रणेतुं शक्यते दण्डः सुसहायेन धीमता Ms.7.31.

-साधित a. well trained or educated.

-सार a. having good sap or essence.

(-रः) 1 good sap, essence, or substance.

-2 competence.

-3 the red-flowering Kha- dira tree.

-सारवत् n. crystal.

-सिकता 1 good sand.

-2 gravel.

-3 sugar.

-सुरप्रिया jasmine.

-सेव्य a. to be well or easily followed (as a road).

-सौभगम् con- jugal felicity.

-स्थ a.

1 well-suited, being in a good sense.

-2 in health, healthy, faring well.

-3 in good or prosperous circumstances, prosperous.

-4 happy, fortunate. (

-स्थम्) a happy state, well-being; प्रह्लाद सुस्थरूपोसि पश्यन् व्यसनमात्मनः Mb.12.222.12; सुस्थे को वा न पण्डितः H.3.114.

-स्थित a. in the same sense as सुस्थ. (

-तम्) a house with a gallery on all sides.

-स्थितिः (also सुस्थता) f.

1 good condition, well-being, welfare, happiness.

-2 health, convalescence.

-स्थिर a.

1 stable.

-2 resolute, cool.

-स्नातः 1 one who bathes at the end of a sacrifice; L. D. B.

-2 well purified by bathing.

-स्मित a. pleasantly smiling. (

-ता) a woman with a pleased or smiling countenance.

-स्वपनः an epithet of Śiva.

-स्वर a.

1 melodious, harmonious.

-2 loud. ˚यन्त्रकम् a kind of musical instrument; युता सुस्वरयन्त्रकैः Śukra.1.247.

-हित a.

1 very fit or suitable, appro- priate.

-2 beneficial, salutary.

-3 friendly, affection- ate.

-4 satisfied; सहस्रनेत्रः सुहितत्वमाप न Rām. ch.2.64. (

-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.

-हृद् a. having a kind heart, cordial, friendly, loving, affectionate; सुहृदः सुहृदो$न्यांश्च दुर्हृदश्चापि दुर्हृदः । सम्यक्प्रवृत्तान् पुरुषान्नसम्यगनुपश्यतः ॥ Mb.3.28.36. (-m.)

1 a friend; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.

-2 an ally. ˚भेदः

1 the separation of friends.

-2 N. of the 2nd book of the हितोपदेश; मित्रलाभः सुहृद्भेदो विग्रहः संधिरेव च । पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते ॥ H. Pr.9. ˚वाक्यम् the counsel of a friend.

-हृदः a friend.

-हृदय a.

1 good-hearted.

-2 dear, affectionate, loving.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > सु _su
16 महा _mahā

1
महा A cow.

2

महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)

-Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.

-अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.

-(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.

-2 a kind of rat.

-3 N. of Śiva.

-अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.

-अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.

-अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.

-अध्वरः a great sacrifice.

-अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.

-2 cooking utensils. (

-सी) a kitchen-maid. (

-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.

-अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.

-अनुभाव a.

1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.

-2 virtuous, righteous, just.

(-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.

-2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.

-अन्तकः 1 death.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.

-2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.

-अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.

-अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (

-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.

-अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.

-अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).

-अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.

-अम्बुजम् a billion.

-अम्ल a. very sour. (

-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.

-अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (

-र्घः) a kind of quail.

-अर्घ्य a.

1 valuable, precious.

-2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.

-अर्चिस् a. flaming high.

-अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-अर्थ a.

1 rich.

-2 great, noble, dignified.

-3 important, weighty.

-4 significant.

-अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.

-अर्ह a.

1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.

-2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (

-र्हम्) white sandal-wood.

-अवरोहः the fig-tree.

-अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.

- अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.

-अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.

-अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......

-असिः a large sword.

-असुरी N. of Durgā.

-अह्नः the afternoon.

-आकार a. extensive, large, great.

-आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (

-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.

-आत्मन् a.

1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.

-2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.

-3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)

1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.

-2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).

-आनकः a kind of large drum.

-आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.

-2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.

(-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.

-2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.

-आपगा a great river.

-आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.

-आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (

-म्भः) any great enterprize.

-आलयः 1 a temple in general.

-2 a sanctuary, an asylum.

-3 a great dwelling.

-4 a place of pilgrimage.

-5 the world of Brahman.

-6 the Supreme Spirit.

-7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.

-8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.

-9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (

-या) N. of a particular deity.

- आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.

(-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.

-2 the ocean.

-आस्पद a.

1 occupying a great position.

-2 mighty, powerful.

-आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.

-इच्छ a.

1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.

-2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.

-इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.

-2 a chief or leader in general.

-3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.

-इभ्य a. very rich.

-इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.

-इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.

-ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.

-ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.

-ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-3 of Viṣṇu.

-4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).

-5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.

(-री) 1 N. of Durgā.

-2 a kind of bell-metal.

-उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.

-उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (

-लः) the Sārasa bird.

-उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.

-2 the god of love.

-उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.

(-हः) 1 perseverance.

-2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.

-उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.

-2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.

- उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.

(-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.

-2 final beatitude.

-3 a lord, master.

-4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.

-5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.

-6 sour milk mixed with honey.

-7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).

- उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.

-(रम्) 1 a big belly.

-2 dropsy.

-उदार a.

1 very generous or magnanimous.

-2 mighty, powerful.

-उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.

-उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.

-उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).

-उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (

-तः) the palmyra tree.

-उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.

-उपकारः a great obligation.

-उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.

-उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.

-उरस्क a. broad-chested. (

-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.

-उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.

-उल्का 1 a great meteor.

-2 a great fire-brand.

-ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.

-ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.

-ऋषभः a great bull.

-ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').

-2 N. of Sacute;iva.

-3 of Buddha.

-ओघ a. having a strong current.

-घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.

-ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (

-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.

-ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.

-ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (

-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).

-ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).

-ओषधिः f.

1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.

-2 the Dūrvā grass.

-3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....

-औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.

-2 ginger.

-3 garlic.

-4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).

-कच्छः 1 the sea.

-2 N. of Varuṇa.

-3 a mountain.

-कन्दः garlic.

-कपर्दः a kind of shell.

-कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.

-2 red garlic.

-कम्बु a. stark naked. (

-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.

-कर a.

1 large-handed.

-2 having a large revenue.

-कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.

-कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.

-कला the night of the new moon.

-कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.

-कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.

-2 an epithet of Śukra.

-कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).

-कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (

-ता) the earth.

-काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.

(-यः) 1 an elephant.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-3 of Viṣṇu.

-4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).

-कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.

-कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.

-कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.

-2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.

-3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-4 N. of a kind of gourd.

-5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.

-काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.

-काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).

-कीर्तनम् a house.

-कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.

-कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (

-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.

-कुहः a species of parasitical worm.

-कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.

-केतुः N. of Śiva.

-केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 a large sheath.

-क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.

-क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.

-क्षत्रपः a great satrap.

-क्षीरः sugar-cane.

-क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.

-खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).

-गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.

-गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.

-गदः fever.

-गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (

-न्धः) a kind of cane. (

-न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (

-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.

-गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.

-गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.

-गल a. longnecked.

-गवः Bos gavaeus.

-गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (

-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.

-गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).

-गुल्मा the Soma plant.

-गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.

-ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.

-2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.

-ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.

-ग्रीवः 1 a camel.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-ग्रीविन् m. a camel.

-घूर्णा spirituous liquor.

-घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).

-घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (

-षम्) a market, fair. (

-षः) a loud noise, clamour.

-चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.

-चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.

-चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.

-चपला a kind of metre.

-चमूः f. a large army.

-छायः the fig-tree.

-जङ्घः a camel.

-जटः an epithet of Śiva.

-जटा 1 a great braid of hair.

-2 the matted hair of Śiva.

-जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (

-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.

-जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.

-2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.

-3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.

-4 the chief of a caste or trade.

-5 a merchant, tradesman.

-जवः an antelope.

-जातीय a.

1 rather large.

-2 of an excellent kind.

-जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)

-जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.

-ज्ञानिन् m.

1 a very learned man.

-2 a great sage.

-3 N. of Śiva.

-ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.

-ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-ज्वरः great affliction.

-ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.

(-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.

-2 a sacrificial fire.

-डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).

-तपस् m.

1 a great ascetic.

-2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.

-तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.

-तिक्तः the Nimba tree.

-तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.

-तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (

-क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.

-तेजस् a.

1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.

-2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)

1 a hero, warrior.

-2 fire.

-3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.

-त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.

-दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.

-दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-दण्डः 1 a long arm.

-2 a severe punishment.

-दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.

-दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.

-दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.

-दारु n. the devadāru tree.

-दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.

-दूषकः a kind of grain.

-देवः N. of Śiva.

(-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.

-2 the chief queen.

-द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.

-द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.

-धन a.

1 rich.

-2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.

(-नम्) 1 gold.

-2 incense.

-3 a costly or rich dress.

-4 agriculture, husbandry.

-5 anything costly or precious.

-6 great booty.

-7 a great battle (Ved.).

-धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-धातुः 1 gold.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-3 lymph.

-4 N. of Meru.

-धी a. having a great understanding.

-धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.

-ध्वजः a camel.

-ध्वनिक a. dead.

-नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.

-नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.

-नदः a great river.

-नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.

-2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.

-नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.

-2 N. of a river.

-3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....

-नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.

-नलः a kind of reed.

-नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.

-नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥

-नाडी sinew, tendon.

-नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.

-2 a great drum.

-3 a thunder-cloud.

-4 a shell.

-5 an elephant.

-6 a lion.

-7 the ear.

-8 a camel.

-9 an epithet of Śiva. (

-दम्) a musical instrument.

-नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.

-2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.

-नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.

-2 a great head or chief.

-नासः an epithet of Śiva.

-निद्र a. fast asleep. (

-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.

-निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.

-नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).

-निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्

-2 an epithet of Durgā.

-नीचः a washerman.

-नील a. dark-blue. (

-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.

-नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.

-नेमिः a crow.

-न्यायः the chief rule.

-पक्ष a.

1 having many adherents.

-2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.

(-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.

-2 a kind of duck. (

-क्षी) an owl.

-पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.

-पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥

-पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥

-पटः the skin.

-पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.

-2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.

-3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.

-4 an epithet of Śiva.

-5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.

-6 the way to heaven.

-7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.

-पथिक a.

1 undertaking great journeys.

-2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)

-पद्मः 1 a particular high number.

-2 N. of Nārada.

-3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.

-4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.

-5 an epithet of Nanda.

-6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.

(-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.

-2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.

-पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.

-पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.

-पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.

-पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.

-पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.

-2 any great sin or transgression.

-पात्रः a prime minister.

-पादः an epithet of Śiva.

-पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.

-पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.

-पुंसः a great man.

-पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.

-2 the Supreme Spirit.

-3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.

-पुष्पः a kind of worm.

-पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.

-पृष्ठः a camel.

-पोटगलः a kind of large reed.

-प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.

-प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.

-प्रपञ्चः the great universe.

-प्रभ a. of great lustre. (

-भः) the light of a lamp.

-प्रभुः 1 a great lord.

-2 a king, sovereign.

-3 a chief.

-4 an epithet of Indra.

-5 of Śiva

-6 of Viṣṇu.

-7 a great saint or holy man.

-प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.

-प्रश्नः a knotty question.

-प्रसादः 1 a great favour.

-2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः

-प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.

-2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.

-प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.

-2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.

-3 a raven.

-प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.

-प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.

-प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.

-फल a.

1 bearing much fruit.

-2 bringing much reward.

(-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.

-2 a kind of spear.

(-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.

-2 a testicle.

-फेना the cuttle-fish bone.

-बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.

-बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.

-बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām

(-लः) 1 wind, storm.

-2 a Buddha.

-3 a solid bamboo.

-4 a palm.

-5 a crocodile.

-बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (

-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.

-बाध a. causing great pain or damage.

-बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (

-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.

-2 the heart.

-3 a water-jar, pitcher.

-4 a hole, cave.

-बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.

-बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.

-बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.

-बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).

-बुशः barley.

-बृहती a kind of metre.

-बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.

-2 a Buddha.

-ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.

-ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.

-2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.

-भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.

-भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.

-भाग a.

1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.

-2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.

-3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.

-भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.

-2 great excel- lence or merit.

-भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (

-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.

-भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.

-भाण्डम् a chief treasury.

-भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते

-भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.

-2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.

-भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.

-भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).

-भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.

-भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.

-भुज a. long-armed, powerful.

-भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.

(-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.

-2 a great creature.

-भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.

-2 a great coil or hood; great winding.

-3 a serpent. (

-गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.

-मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-मति a.

1 high-minded.

-2 clever. (

-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.

-मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.

-मद a. greatly intoxicated. (

-दः) an elephant in rut.

-मनस्, -मनस्क a.

1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.

-2 liberal.

-3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.

-मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.

-2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.

-मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.

-मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.

-मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.

-महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.

-महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).

-महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.

-2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.

-मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).

-माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.

-मात्र a.

1 great in measure, very great or large.

-2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.

(-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.

-2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.

-3 a superintendent of elephants.

(-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.

-2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.

-मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.

-मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.

-मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 of Viṣṇu.

-माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.

-2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.

-मायूरम् a particular drug. (

-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.

-मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.

-2 an epithet of Durgā.

-मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.

-मालः N. of Śiva.

-माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.

-मुखः a crocodile.

-मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).

-मुनिः 1 a great sage.

-2 N. of Vyāsa.

-3 an epithet of Buddha.

-4 of Agastya.

-5 the coriander plant. (

-नि n.)

1 coriander seed.

-2 any medicinal herb or drug.

-मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.

-मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-मूलम् a large radish. (

-लः) a kind of onion.

-मूल्य a. very costly. (

-ल्यः) a ruby.

-मृगः 1 any large animal.

-2 an elephant,

-3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.

-मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.

-मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.

-मृधम् a great battle.

-मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.

-मेधा an epithet of Durgā.

-मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (

-हा) an epithet of Durgā.

-यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).

-2 N. of Viṣṇu.

-यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.

-यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.

-यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.

-यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).

-याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.

-युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.

-योगिन् m.

1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 of Viṣṇu.

-3 a cock.

-योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.

-रक्तम् coral.

-रङ्गः a large stage.

-रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.

-2 the thorn-apple.

-रजनम् 1 safflower.

-2 gold.

-3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.

-रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.

-रथः 1 a great chariot.

-2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).

-3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.

-रवः a frog.

-रस a. very savoury.

(-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.

-2 quicksilver.

-3 a precious mineral.

-4 the fruit of the date tree.

-5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (

-सम्) sour ricewater.

-राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.

-2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.

-3 a deified Jaina teacher.

-4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.

-राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.

-राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).

-राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.

-राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.

-2 N. of Durgā.

-रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.

-रात्रिः, -त्री f.

1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.

-2 midnight.

-3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.

-राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.

-2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (

-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.

-रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.

-रुज्, -ज a. very painful.

-रुद्रः a form of Śiva.

-रुरुः a species of antelope.

-रूप a. mighty in form.

(-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 resin.

-रूपकम् a kind of drama.

-रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).

-रौद्र a. very dreadful. (

-द्री) an epithet of Durgā.

-रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.

-लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.

-2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.

-लयः 1 a great world destruction.

-2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).

-लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (

-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.

-लोलः a crow.

-लोहम् a magnet.

-वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).

-वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.

-वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.

-वरा Dūrvā grass.

-वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.

-वर्तनम् high wages;

-वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.

-2 a large creeping plant.

-वसः the porpoise.

-वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.

-वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.

-2 any continuous composition or literary work.

-3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.

-4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.

-वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.

-वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.

-वायुः 1 air (as an element).

-2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.

-वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.

-विडम् a kind of factitious salt.

-विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.

-विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥

-विपुला a kind of metre.

-विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.

-विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.

-विषः a serpent having two mouths.

-विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).

-विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.

-वीचिः N. of a hell.

-वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.

-2 a lion.

-3 the thunderbolt of Indra.

-4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-5 of Garuḍa.

-6 of Hanumat.

-7 a cuckoo.

-8 a white horse.

-9 a sacrificial fire.

-1 a sacrificial vessel.

-11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.

-वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.

(-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.

-2 the Supreme Being. (

-र्या) the wild cotton shrub.

-2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.

-वृषः a great bull.

-वेग a.

1 very swift or fleet.

(-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.

-2 an ape.

-3 the bird Garuḍa.

-वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).

-वेल a. billowy.

-व्याधिः f.

1 a great disease.

-2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).

-व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.

-व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.

(-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).

-2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.

-व्रतिन् m.

1 a devotee, an ascetic.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 of Kārtikeya.

-शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.

-शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.

-2 the temporal bone, forehead.

-3 a human bone.

-4 a particular high number.

-5 one of Kubera's treasures.

-शठः a kind of thorn-apple.

-शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.

-शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.

-शालः a great householder.

-शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.

-शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.

-शासन a.

1 exercising great power.

-2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.

(-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.

-2 great order of government.

-शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.

-शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,

-शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.

-शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.

-शुभ्रम् silver.

-शूद्रः (-द्री f.)

1 a Sūdra in a high position.

-2 a cowherd.

-3 an upper servant. (

-द्री) a female cow-keeper. (

-द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.

-शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.

-शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.

-2 the शरभ animal.

-श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.

-श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).

-श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.

-2 a Jain monk.

-श्लक्ष्णा sand.

-श्वासः a kind of asthma.

-श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.

-2 of Durgā.

-3 white sugar.

-संहिता great combi- nation.

-संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.

-सती a very chaste woman.

-सत्ता absolute existence.

-सत्यः an epithet of Yama.

-सत्त्व a.

1 noble.

-2 very strong or powerful.

-3 just, righteous.

(-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.

-2 N. of Sākyamuni.

-3 an epithet of Kubera.

-संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.

-सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.

-सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.

-समुद्रः the great ocean.

-सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).

-सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.

-साधनभागः a great executive officer.

-सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.

-सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.

-सामन्तः a great vassal.

-सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.

-सारः a kind of Khadira tree.

-सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.

-साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.

-साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.

-सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.

-सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.

-सुखम् 1 great pleasure.

-2 copulation. (

-खः) a Buddha.

-सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.

-सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.

-सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.

-सुभिक्षम् good times.

-सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.

-सूक्ष्मा sand.

-सूतः a mili- tary drum.

-सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.

-2 the commander of a large army. (

-ना) a great army.

-स्कन्धः a camel.

-स्थली the earth.

-स्थानम् a great position.

-स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.

-स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.

-स्रोतस् n. the bowels.

-स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-स्वनः a kind of drum.

-हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-हविस् n. clarified butter.

-हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.

-हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.

-हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.

-ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā
17 atractivo

adj.

1 attractive, nice-looking, good-looking, inviting.

2 personable.

m.

1 attraction, appeal, charm, grace.

2 attractor, attracter.

3 attraction, turnon, turn-on.

* * *

atractivo

► adjetivo

1 attractive, charming, appealing

► nombre masculino atractivo

1 attraction, charm, appeal

■ el nuevo modelo tiene mucho atractivo the new model is very attractive

————————

atractivo

► nombre masculino

1 attraction, charm, appeal

■ el nuevo modelo tiene mucho atractivo the new model is very attractive

* * *
1. (f. - atractiva)
adj.

attractive
2. noun m.
attraction, appeal

* * *

1.

ADJ attractive

2.

SM attractiveness, appeal

* * *
I
- va adjetivo attractive
II
masculino charm, attractiveness

tiene mucho atractivo — she's very charming

el mayor atractivo de la ciudad — the city's main attraction o appeal

la oferta no tiene ningún atractivo para mí — I don't find the offer at all attractive

* * *
I
- va adjetivo attractive
II
masculino charm, attractiveness

tiene mucho atractivo — she's very charming

el mayor atractivo de la ciudad — the city's main attraction o appeal

la oferta no tiene ningún atractivo para mí — I don't find the offer at all attractive

* * *

atractivo¹

¹ = appeal, attractiveness, beauty, allure, drawing power, draw, pull factor, attraction, turn-on.

Ex: Indeed, if they are not successful in finding ways of renewing their original purpose and appeal, they are on their way to dissolution and displacement.

Ex: It is therefore one of the librarian's prime tasks to preserve the attractiveness of the stock for as long as possible.

Ex: The digital form in which we will send information through the network is one of the beauties of modern technology.

Ex: The article is entitled 'The perilous allure of moral imperativism'.

Ex: Nearly all librarians were enthusiastic about the drawing power of public access computers in spite of the drawbacks such as theft, noise and crowding.

Ex: The draw of earning up to 30 pounds per cadaver without risking life or limb proved too tempting for some of the more barbarous resurrectionists, however, leading them to commit murder.

Ex: Unsurprisingly such misuse is triggered by push factors, such as fear of failure, and also pull factors, such as ease of use and the ubiquitous cut and paste.

Ex: Subject-type title indexes have two important attractions.

Ex: Dr. James Houran discusses the different ways men and women show affection and addresses the top turn-ons and turn-offs with men and women.

* atractivo de la novedad = novelty appeal, novelty value.

* atractivo físico = physical attractiveness, physical appeal.

* atractivo novedoso = novelty appeal.

* atractivo sexual = sexiness, mojo, sex appeal.

* atractivo visual = visual appeal.

* perder el atractivo = lose + Posesivo + allure, lose + Posesivo + savour.

atractivo²

² = attractive, glamorous, glossy [glossier -comp., glossiest -sup.], inviting, appetising [appetizing, -USA], handsome [handsomer -comp., handsomest -sup.], engaging, dashing, personable, arresting, magnetic, enticing, good looking, winning, appealing, endearing, fancied, sizzling, glam, comely [comelier -comp., comeliest -sup.].

Ex: A particularly attractive feature of the notation is the expressiveness of the notation.

Ex: Service is perhaps not a very glamorous concept, but we are nevertheless a service profession = El servicio quizás no es un concepto muy atractivo, pero no obstante somos una profesión dedicada al servicio.

Ex: On the other hand, credibility relates less to glossy brochure futuristics than to tested areas of application.

Ex: An easy and inviting route to the entrance needs to be unambiguously defined.

Ex: This is not a very appetizing thought for anyone who wishes to play a key role in the operations of the library.

Ex: All these novels are about young women meeting handsome men, at first disliking them and then discovering that they love them, with the inescapable 'happy ending' which means matrimony in these cases.

Ex: The interview went smoothly; the committee was impressed by her knowledge of the current library scene, her enthusiasm, and her engaging personality.

Ex: Some unfortunate children grow up as readers of James Bond, of dashing thrillers and the blood-and-guts of crude war stories.

Ex: Mr Berman, who is a very personable and enthusiastic librarian, certainly comes across.

Ex: It is when speakers have no feeling for pause that their speech seems to burble on without any arresting quality; the club bore is a burbler: he has not learnt the eloquence of silence.

Ex: It is the duty of the library staff to make the institution magnetic.

Ex: The article 'Library scavenger hunts: a way out of the bewilderness' describes the use of library scavenger hunts to teach high school and college students research strategies and to make library use both enticing and enriching.

Ex: Our library and some others have prevailed upon a local vendor to prepare good looking, durable packaging for cassettes which makes them perfectly accommodative to the ordinary bookshelves.

Ex: Basically it is more tangible and exciting for retailers to develop new products, decorate stores, design Web sites, and create winning advertisements than it is for them to struggle to set prices that will mean profits.

Ex: The author offers some suggestions, somewhat 'tongue in cheek', to make the game more appealing for spectators.

Ex: Frequently the youngest child takes on the role of the mascot; he acts cute, mischievous, and endearing.

Ex: The convention failed to reach an agreement on any of the more fancied candidates.

Ex: He had a sizzling, electric stage presence.

Ex: Ponytails are becoming glam, says the New York Times.

Ex: He went in the tavern wearing an eye patch, crying 'ahoy, matey!' and eying the comely wenches.

* de un modo atractivo = appealingly.

* hacer atractivo = endear.

* parecer atractivo = look + attractive.

* poco atractivo = off-putting, unattractive, unglamorous, uninviting, unappealing.

* resultar atractivo = prove + attractive.

* ser atractivo = look + attractive, be popular in appeal.

* sin atractivo = unattractive.

* * *

atractivo¹ -va

adjective

attractive

atractivo²

masculine

tiene mucho atractivo she's very charming

es feo, ignorante, totalmente sin atractivos he's ugly, ignorant, he doesn't have a single redeeming feature o there isn't a single good thing about him

el mayor atractivo de la ciudad the city's main attraction o appeal

la oferta no tiene ningún atractivo para mí the offer doesn't attract me o appeal to me in the least, I don't find the offer at all attractive

* * *

atractivo 1
◊ -va adjetivo

attractive
atractivo 2 sustantivo masculino
a) ( encanto) charm, attractiveness;

◊ tiene mucho atractivo she's very charming;

el mayor atractivo de la ciudad the city's main attraction o appeal
b) ( interés) appeal;

◊ para mí viajar no tiene ningún atractivo travel holds no appeal to me

atractivo,-a
I adjetivo attractive, appealing
II sustantivo masculino attraction, appeal
' atractivo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
aliciente
- atractiva
- duende
- encanto
- escultural
- flamante
- graciosa
- gracioso
- irresistible
- magnetismo
- mayor
- sexy
- simpatía
- sugestiva
- sugestivo
- tenerse
- arrastre
- bien
- bueno
- desmejorado
- embrujo
- hechizo
English:
appeal
- appealing
- attraction
- attractive
- comely
- desirable
- dishy
- engaging
- enticing
- flair
- glamorous
- homely
- inviting
- lure
- plain
- prepossessing
- selling point
- sex-appeal
- sexiness
- unappealing
- unattractive
- unattractiveness
- endearing
- fetching
- uninviting
- unprepossessing

* * *

atractivo, -a

♦ adj

attractive

♦ nm
[de persona] attractiveness, charm; [de cosa] attraction;
tener atractivo to be attractive;

su rostro tiene un atractivo especial her face has a special charm;

tu plan tiene muchos atractivos your plan has a lot of points in its favour;

tiene el atractivo añadido de ser gratis it has the added attraction o advantage of being free

Comp
atractivo sexual sex appeal
* * *

atractivo

I adj attractive

II m appeal, attraction

* * *

atractivo, -va adj

: attractive

atractivo nm

: attraction, appeal, charm

* * *

atractivo¹ adj attractive

es muy atractivo he's very attractive

atractivo² n

1. (cosa que atrae) attraction

el atractivo principal the main attraction

2. (interés) appeal

este pueblo es de gran atractivo turístico this village has great appeal for tourists

Spanish-English dictionary > atractivo
18 atractivo2

² = attractive, glamorous, glossy [glossier -comp., glossiest -sup.], inviting, appetising [appetizing, -USA], handsome [handsomer -comp., handsomest -sup.], engaging, dashing, personable, arresting, magnetic, enticing, good looking, winning, appealing, endearing, fancied, sizzling, glam, comely [comelier -comp., comeliest -sup.].

Ex. A particularly attractive feature of the notation is the expressiveness of the notation.

Ex. Service is perhaps not a very glamorous concept, but we are nevertheless a service profession = El servicio quizás no es un concepto muy atractivo, pero no obstante somos una profesión dedicada al servicio.

Ex. On the other hand, credibility relates less to glossy brochure futuristics than to tested areas of application.

Ex. An easy and inviting route to the entrance needs to be unambiguously defined.

Ex. This is not a very appetizing thought for anyone who wishes to play a key role in the operations of the library.

Ex. All these novels are about young women meeting handsome men, at first disliking them and then discovering that they love them, with the inescapable 'happy ending' which means matrimony in these cases.

Ex. The interview went smoothly; the committee was impressed by her knowledge of the current library scene, her enthusiasm, and her engaging personality.

Ex. Some unfortunate children grow up as readers of James Bond, of dashing thrillers and the blood-and-guts of crude war stories.

Ex. Mr Berman, who is a very personable and enthusiastic librarian, certainly comes across.

Ex. It is when speakers have no feeling for pause that their speech seems to burble on without any arresting quality; the club bore is a burbler: he has not learnt the eloquence of silence.

Ex. It is the duty of the library staff to make the institution magnetic.

Ex. The article 'Library scavenger hunts: a way out of the bewilderness' describes the use of library scavenger hunts to teach high school and college students research strategies and to make library use both enticing and enriching.

Ex. Our library and some others have prevailed upon a local vendor to prepare good looking, durable packaging for cassettes which makes them perfectly accommodative to the ordinary bookshelves.

Ex. Basically it is more tangible and exciting for retailers to develop new products, decorate stores, design Web sites, and create winning advertisements than it is for them to struggle to set prices that will mean profits.

Ex. The author offers some suggestions, somewhat 'tongue in cheek', to make the game more appealing for spectators.

Ex. Frequently the youngest child takes on the role of the mascot; he acts cute, mischievous, and endearing.

Ex. The convention failed to reach an agreement on any of the more fancied candidates.

Ex. He had a sizzling, electric stage presence.

Ex. Ponytails are becoming glam, says the New York Times.

Ex. He went in the tavern wearing an eye patch, crying 'ahoy, matey!' and eying the comely wenches.

----

* de un modo atractivo = appealingly.

* hacer atractivo = endear.

* parecer atractivo = look + attractive.

* poco atractivo = off-putting, unattractive, unglamorous, uninviting, unappealing.

* resultar atractivo = prove + attractive.

* ser atractivo = look + attractive, be popular in appeal.

* sin atractivo = unattractive.

Spanish-English dictionary > atractivo2

См. также в других словарях:

The War Against the Chtorr — … Wikipedia
Opposition to the War in Afghanistan (2001–present) — Foreign troops forcibly breaking into an Afghan home to conduct a house search, with a woman and child in the background. Opposition to the decade long Afghanistan war stems from numerous factors these include the view that the U.S. invasion of… … Wikipedia
Tripod (The War of the Worlds) — Martian tripod illustration drawn by Henrique Alvim Corréa for a 1906 edition of the novel. Tripods or fighting machines are a type of fictional three legged walker from the H. G. Wells classic science fiction novel The War of the Worlds, used by … Wikipedia
Criticism of the War on Terror — Main article: War on Terror Criticism of the War on Terror addresses the issues, morals, ethics, efficiency, economics, and other questions surrounding the War on Terror. Arguments are also made against the phrase itself, calling it a misnomer.… … Wikipedia
War of the Five Kings — The War of the Five Kings is a fictional war that takes place in American fantasy author George R. R. Martin s A Song of Ice and Fire series of novels. The war begins during the events of the first novel, A Game of Thrones and remains ongoing at… … Wikipedia
Origins of the War of 1812 — This article is about the Anglo American War of 1812 to 1815. For Napoleon s invasion of Russia, see French invasion of Russia. Origins of the War of 1812 Chesapeake–Leopard Affair Orders in Council (1807) Embargo Act of 1807 Non Intercourse Act… … Wikipedia
War on Terra — The War on Terra is a catch phrase that refers to the environmental protection policies of the United States and other countries, mainly in relation to global warming. It is a pun on the word terror (as in the War on Terror), as Terra is Latin… … Wikipedia
The Aryan Brotherhood in Oz — The Aryan Brotherhood in the TV series Oz is a gang of white supremacist inmates led by Vernon Schillinger. OverviewThroughout the series, they have a feud with the Muslim inmates, inmate Tobias Beecher and several others who come across their… … Wikipedia
War of 1812 — This article is about the Anglo American War of 1812 to 1815. For other wars in 1812, see War of 1812 (disambiguation). War of 1812 The unfinished United States Capitol after the burning of Washington. Watercolor and i … Wikipedia
War of the Pacific — This article is about the 19th century war between Bolivia, Chile and Peru. For the Pacific theatre of WW II, see Pacific War. War of the Pacific … Wikipedia
The Reformation — The Reformation † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Reformation The usual term for the religious movement which made its appearance in Western Europe in the sixteenth century, and which, while ostensibly aiming at an internal renewal of the … Catholic encyclopedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

means of ending the war

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

means of ending the war

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: